Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents

 
 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

OR

o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO

COMMISSION FILE NO. 000-27377

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

         
  COMMONWEALTH OF PUERTO RICO
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  66-0573197
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
         
19 WEST MCKINLEY STREET, MAYAGUEZ, PUERTO RICO
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
00681
(Zip Code)

REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (787) 834-8000

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (B) OF THE ACT:

COMMON STOCK ($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (G) OF THE ACT:

7.125% NONCUMULATIVE, CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 1998 SERIES A
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

7.25% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 1999 SERIES B
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

7.60% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 2001 SERIES C
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

7.40% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 2001 SERIES D
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

6.875% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 2002 SERIES E
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

6.70% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 2003 SERIES F
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

6.90% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 2003 SERIES G
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

6.70% NONCUMULATIVE, NON-CONVERTIBLE MONTHLY INCOME PREFERRED STOCK, 2004 SERIES H
($1.00 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)
(TITLE OF CLASS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12-b-2 of the Exchange Act).
YES  þ  NO  o

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2004 was $1,832,382,780 based upon the reported closing sales price of $11.22 (as adjusted) on the New York Stock Exchange as of June 30, 2004.

Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2005: 163,954,777.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 27, 2005 are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Form 10-K.

 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-10.11 DESCRIPTION OF ARRANGEMENT FOR DIRECTOR FEES
EX-10.12 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
EX-21.1 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
EX-23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
EX-31.1 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
EX-31.2 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
EX-32.1 SECTION 906, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
EX-32.2 SECTION 906, CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     Certain statements in this Form 10-K, especially within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, will include forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In general, the word or phrases “will likely result”, “are expected to”, “will continue”, “is anticipated”, “estimate”, “project”, “believe” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements”. In addition, certain disclosures and information customarily provided by financial institutions, such as analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses or an analysis of the interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s assets and liabilities, are inherently based upon predictions of future events and circumstances. Although the Company makes such statements based on assumptions which it believes to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from the Company’s expectations. Some of the important factors which could cause its results to differ from any results which might be projected, forecasted or estimated, based on such forward-looking statements include: (i) general economic and competitive conditions in the markets in which the Company operates, and the risks inherent in its operations; (ii) the Company’s ability to manage its credit risk and control its operating expense, increase earning assets and non-interest income, and maintain its net interest margin; and (iii) the level of demand for new and existing products. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, the Company does not intend, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update forward-looking statements.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

     W Holding Company, Inc. (the “Company”) is a financial holding company offering a full range of financial services. The business of the Company is conducted primarily through its wholly owned commercial bank subsidiary, Westernbank Puerto Rico (“Westernbank” or the “Bank”). The Company’s other direct subsidiary is Westernbank Insurance Corp. The Company was organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico in February 1999 to become the bank holding company of Westernbank. Westernbank was founded as a savings institution in 1958 operating in the western and southwestern regions of Puerto Rico, focusing on retail banking and emphasizing long-term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans on one-to-four family residential properties. In 1994, Westernbank changed its charter to become a full-service commercial bank. Westernbank offers a full range of business and consumer financial services, including banking, trust and brokerage services. Westernbank Insurance Corp. is a general insurance agent placing property, casualty, life and disability insurance. The assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of Westernbank Insurance Corp. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, were not significant.

     In July 2000, the Company became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. As a financial holding company, the Company is permitted to engage in financial related activities, including insurance and securities activities, provided that the Company and its banking subsidiary meet certain regulatory standards.

     At December 31, 2004, the Company had total assets of $14.34 billion, a loan portfolio-net of $5.94 billion, an investment portfolio of $6.93 billion, excluding money market instruments of $1.1 billion, deposits of $6.23 billion, borrowings of $6.93 billion and stockholders’ equity of $1.08 billion. The Company has improved its efficiency ratio from 47.14% in 2000, to 30.51% for the year ended December 31, 2004.

     Westernbank is the second largest commercial bank in Puerto Rico, based on total assets at December 31, 2004. Westernbank operates through a network of 52 bank branches, including 19 Expresso of Westernbank branches, located throughout Puerto Rico, primarily in the western and southwestern regions of the island, and a website on the Internet. Westernbank traditional banking operations include retail operations, such as its branches, including the branches of the Expresso division, together with consumer loans, mortgage loans, commercial loans (excluding the asset-based lending operations), investments (treasury) and deposit products. Besides the traditional banking operations, Westernbank operates other four divisions: Westernbank International Division, which is an International Banking Entity (“IBE”) under the Puerto Rico Act No. 52 of August 11, 1989, as amended, known as the International Banking Regulatory Act, which activities consist of commercial and related services, and treasury and investment activities outside of Puerto Rico; Westernbank Business Credit, which specializes in commercial business loans secured principally by real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment; Westernbank Trust Division, which offers a full array of trust services; and Expresso of Westernbank, a division which specializes in small, unsecured consumer loans up to $15,000 and real estate collateralized consumer loans up to $150,000. Westernbank owns 100% of the voting shares of Westernbank World Plaza, Inc. (“WWPI”), which owns and operates Westernbank World Plaza; a 23-story office building, including its related parking facility, located in Hato Rey, Puerto Rico, the main Puerto Rican business district. Westernbank also owns 100% of the voting shares of SRG Net, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation that operates an electronic funds transfer network. The assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of SRG Net, Inc. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, were not significant.

 


Table of Contents

     Westernbank seeks to differentiate itself from other banks by focusing on customer relationships and personalized service, offering customers direct access to senior management. As part of this strategy, Westernbank strives to make fast and effective decisions locally. Westernbank’s branches offer modern facilities with advanced technology and remain open to customers for longer hours compared to many other local banks, with a number of branches offering both Saturday and Sunday hours. In addition, Westernbank trains its employees to promote an effective and customer-focused sales culture. Westernbank is one of the fastest-growing commercial banks in Puerto Rico, increasing both total assets and loans at an average annual growth rate of over 26.07% for the last five fiscal years. The Company has achieved this growth while maintaining a ratio of non-performing loans to total loans well below 1.00%.

     The Company continues to emphasize on growing Westernbank’s commercial loan portfolio through commercial real estate, asset-based, unsecured business and construction lending, as well as its consumer loan and investment securities portfolios. As a result, the Company has shifted its asset composition from primarily traditional long-term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans to assets with shorter maturities and greater repricing flexibility. As of December 31, 2004, commercial loans were $3.92 billion or 66.03% (80.41% collateralized by real estate) and consumer loans were $866.9 million or 14.59% (67.50% collateralized by real estate) of the $5.94 billion loan portfolio-net. Investment securities, excluding money market instruments of $1.1 billion, totaled $6.93 billion at December 31, 2004. These loans and securities tend to have shorter maturities and reprice faster than traditional residential mortgage loans. The Company also continues to diversify and grow Westernbank’s sources of revenue, while maintaining its status as a secured lender, with approximately 83% of its loans collateralized by real estate as of December 31, 2004.

     The Company is focused on the expansion of Westernbank in the San Juan metropolitan area. We have opened 12 branches in the San Juan metropolitan area since 1998, including seven Expresso of Westernbank branches in July 2002. In the first quarter of 2002, Westernbank acquired Westernbank World Plaza; a 23-story office building that is the tallest in Puerto Rico’s main business district and now serves as the Company’s San Juan metropolitan area headquarters, our regional commercial lending office and the headquarters for the Westernbank Business Credit and Expresso of Westernbank divisions. In addition, the Company continues to build upon its existing platform and further expand its fee-based businesses, including insurance brokerage, trust services and securities brokerage. On October 22, 2004, Westernbank opened its most advanced banking branch in the historic city of Old San Juan, Puerto Rico.

     Commercial lending, including commercial real estate and asset-based lending, unsecured business lending and construction lending, generally carry a greater risk than residential lending because such loans are typically larger in size and more risk is concentrated in a single borrower. In addition, the borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan or a construction loan depends, in the case of a commercial loan, on the successful operation of the business or the property securing the loan and, in the case of a construction loan, on the successful completion and sale or operation of the project. Substantially all of the Company’s borrowers and properties and other collateral securing the commercial, real estate mortgage and consumer loans are located in Puerto Rico. These loans may be subject to a greater risk of default if the Puerto Rico economy suffers adverse economic, political or business developments, or if natural disasters affect Puerto Rico.

     The Company’s financial performance is reported in two primary business segments, the traditional banking operations of Westernbank Puerto Rico and the activities of Westernbank’s division known as Westernbank International. Other operations of the Company, not reportable in either segment, include Westernbank Business Credit Division; Westernbank Trust Division; SRG Net, Inc.; Westernbank Insurance Corp.; Westernbank World Plaza, Inc.; and the transactions of the parent company only, which mainly consist of other income related to the equity in the net income of its two wholly owned subsidiaries. Separate condensed financial information of the Parent Company only is provided in Note 24 (page 120) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8.

     The traditional banking operations of Westernbank Puerto Rico include retail operations, such as its branches, including the branches of the Expresso division, together with consumer loans, mortgage loans, commercial loans (excluding the asset-based lending operations), investments (treasury) and deposits products. Consumer loans include loans such as personal, collateralized personal loans, credit cards, and small loans. Commercial products consist of commercial loans including commercial real estate, unsecured commercial and construction loans.

     Westernbank International’s business activities consist of commercial banking and related services, and treasury and investment activities outside of Puerto Rico. As of December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, and for the periods then ended, substantially all of Westernbank International’s business activities consisted of investment in securities and loans.

3


Table of Contents

     Established in 2001, Westernbank Insurance Corp. is a general insurance agent placing property, casualty, life and disability insurance on which it earns commission income. Currently, most of the agency’s volume is derived from two areas — mortgage insurance on residential mortgage loans and credit life insurance for borrowers of personal loans.

     The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries’ executive offices are located at 19 West McKinley Street, Mayagüez, Puerto Rico 00681, and the telephone number is (787) 834-8000. The Company also maintains a website, which can be accessed at http://www.wholding.com.

     The information required by Item 101 (b) of Regulation S-K appears in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, and is included in Part II, Item 8.

     For information about the geographic areas in which we operate, see “Economic Conditions, Market Area and Competition” and is incorporated herein. See Note 23 (page 117) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8, for further information about the Company’s business segments.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     GENERAL. At December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s net loans amounted to $5.94 billion or 41.44% of total assets.

     The following table sets forth the composition of the Westernbank’s loans portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Residential real estate:
                                                                               
Mortgage
  $ 902,937       15.2 %   $ 894,007       19.1 %   $ 844,803       22.5 %   $ 847,462       29.9 %   $ 781,213       35.5 %
Construction
    328,145       5.5       202,600       4.3       181,266       4.8       117,957       4.2       80,905       3.7  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural (1):
                                                                               
Real estate
    3,154,679       53.1       2,261,465       48.3       1,647,602       38.9       1,115,700       39.3       887,084       40.2  
Business and others
    768,604       12.9       524,747       11.2       384,200       15.2       378,696       13.3       99,483       4.5  
Consumer and others (2)
    866,934       14.6       861,907       18.4       743,600       19.8       416,953       14.7       383,903       17.4  
 
                                                           
Total loans
    6,021,299       101.3       4,744,726       101.3       3,801,471       101.3       2,876,768       101.4       2,232,588       101.3  
Allowance for loan losses
    (80,066 )     (1.3 )     (61,608 )     (1.3 )     (47,114 )     (1.3 )     (38,364 )     (1.4 )     (28,928 )     (1.3 )
 
                                                           
Loan - net
  $ 5,941,233       100.0 %   $ 4,683,118       100.0 %   $ 3,754,357       100.00 %   $ 2,838,404       100.00 %   $ 2,203,660       100.00 %
 
                                                           


(1)   Includes $831.1 million, $641.1 million, $427.7 million and $255.8 million of Westernbank Business Credit division outstanding loans at December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Westernbank Business Credit began operations in 2001.
 
(2)   Includes $144.0 million, $155.6 million and $117.4 million of Expresso of Westernbank division outstanding loans at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Expresso of Westernbank began operations on July 10, 2002.

     Residential real estate mortgage loans are mainly comprised of loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residential properties. At December 31, 2004, residential mortgage loans included $11.6 million of mortgages insured or guaranteed by government agencies of the United States or Puerto Rico.

     Westernbank originated $1.70 billion of commercial real estate loans, including asset-based and construction loans, during the year ended December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, commercial real estate loans totaled $3.15 billion. In general, commercial real estate loans are considered by management to be of somewhat greater risk of uncollectibility than residential lending because such loans are typically larger in size and more risk is concentrated in a single borrower. In addition, the borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan or a construction loan depends, in the case of a commercial loan, on the successful operation of the business or the property securing the loan and, in the case of a construction loan, on the successful completion and sale or operation of the project. Substantially all of the Company’s borrowers and properties and other collateral securing the commercial, real estate mortgage and consumer loans are located in Puerto Rico. These loans may be subject to a greater risk of default if the Puerto Rico economy suffers adverse economic, political or business developments, or if natural disasters affect Puerto Rico. Foreign loans amounted to $2.2 million at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, the Company maintained its status as a secured lender, with approximately 83% of its loans collateralized by real estate.

4


Table of Contents

     The portfolio of Consumer and Other loans at December 31, 2004, consisted of consumer loans of $866.9 million, of which $585.2 million are secured by real estate, $252.1 million are unsecured consumer loans (consisting of $132.0 million of the Expresso of Westernbank division loans portfolio, credit card loans of $53.3 million and other consumer loans of $66.8 million) and loans secured by deposits in Westernbank totaling $29.6 million.

     During 2004, Westernbank securitized $7.5 million and $3.3 million of residential mortgage loans into Government National Mortgage Association and Fannie Mae participation certificates, respectively, and sold loans amounting to $22.0 million to Fannie Mae. Westernbank continues to service outstanding loans which are securitized and those individually sold to Fannie Mae.

     The following table summarizes the contractual maturities of Westernbank’s total loans for the periods indicated at December 31, 2004. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the actual term of a loan, including prepayments.

                                                 
            Maturities  
                    After one year to five years     After five years  
                    (In thousands)              
                                     
    Balance outstanding at     One year or     Fixed     Variable     Fixed     Variable  
    December 31, 2004     less     interest     interest     interest     interest  
Residential real estate:
                                               
Mortgage
  $ 902,937     $ 2,303     $ 16,636     $     $ 218,050     $ 665,948 (1)
Construction
    328,145       153,171             174,974              
Commercial, industrial and agricultural:
                                               
Real estate
    3,154,679       1,023,502       311,937       273,272       77,233       1,468,735  
Business and others
    768,604       547,083       28,184       43,015       6,447       143,875  
Consumer and others
    866,934       114,429       201,569             550,936        
 
                                   
Total
  $ 6,021,299     $ 1,840,488     $ 558,326     $ 491,261     $ 852,666     $ 2,278,558  
 
                                   


(1)   Includes $600.8 million of purchased fixed rate loans in which seller guarantees the Company a return at a floating rate of interest (three month LIBOR plus a spread). See Note 19 - On-Balance Sheet Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (page 109) - to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8, and “FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - Fair Value Hedging Instruments” section on page 18.

     ORIGINATION, PURCHASE AND SALE OF LOANS. Westernbank’s loan originations come from a number of sources. The primary sources for residential loan originations are depositors and walk-in customers. Commercial loan originations come from existing customers as well as through direct solicitation and referrals.

     Westernbank originates loans in accordance with written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures prescribed in the Board of Directors approved loan policies. Detailed loan applications are obtained to determine the borrower’s repayment ability. Applications are verified through the use of credit reports, financial statements and other confirmation procedures. Property valuations by independent appraisers approved by the Board of Directors are required for mortgage and all real estate loans.

     Westernbank’s Senior Credit Committee approval is required for all loans in excess of $5.0 million ($15.0 million in the case of Westernbank Business Credit Division). The Senior Credit Committee also reviews and ratifies all loans from $1.0 million, to $5.0 million approved by Westernbank’s regional credit committees. The Senior Credit Committee is composed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior lending officers. All loans in excess of $5.0 million ($15.0 million for Westernbank Business Credit Division) approved by the Senior Credit Committee are also reviewed and ratified by the Board of Directors. All loans in excess of $50.0 million require the approval of the Board of Directors.

     It is Westernbank’s policy to require borrowers to provide title insurance policies certifying or ensuring that Westernbank has a valid first lien on the mortgaged real estate. Borrowers must also obtain hazard insurance policies prior to closing and, when required by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, flood insurance policies. Borrowers may be required to advance funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to a mortgage escrow account from which Westernbank makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes, hazard insurance premiums and private mortgage insurance premiums as they fall due.

5


Table of Contents

     Westernbank originates most of its residential real estate loans as conforming loans, eligible for sale in the secondary market. The loan-to-value ratio at the time of origination on residential mortgages is generally 75%, except that Westernbank may lend up to 90% of the lower of the purchase price or appraised value of residential properties if private mortgage insurance is obtained by the borrower for amounts in excess of 80%.

     Westernbank originates fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans secured by a first mortgage on the borrower’s real property, payable in monthly installments for terms ranging from ten to forty-five years. Adjustable rates are indexed to specified prime or LIBOR rate. All 30 year conforming mortgages are originated with the intent to sell. In addition to its residential loan originations, Westernbank also purchases residential first mortgage loans from other mortgage originators in Puerto Rico. During the year ended December 31, 2004, Westernbank purchased $250.1 million of such loans.

     Westernbank originates primarily variable and adjustable rate commercial business and real estate loans. Westernbank also makes real estate construction loans subject to firm permanent financing commitments. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s commercial loan portfolio had a total delinquency ratio, including the categories of 60 days and over, of 0.55% (less than 1%), compared to 0.84% (less than 1%) at December 31, 2003. For further explanation on the delinquency ratio of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio refer to section “NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE HELD FOR SALE” on next page.

     Westernbank offers different types of consumer loans in order to provide a full range of financial services to its customers. Within the different types of consumer loans offered by Westernbank, there are various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans with varying amortization schedules. In addition, Westernbank makes fixed-rate residential second mortgage consumer loans. In July 2002, Westernbank launched a new banking division focused on offering consumer loans through 19 full-service branches, called “Expresso of Westernbank”, denoting the branches’ emphasis on small, unsecured consumer loans up to $15,000 and collateralized consumer loans up to $150,000.

     Westernbank offers the service of VISA ™ and Master Card ™ credit cards. At December 31, 2004, there were approximately 24,324 outstanding accounts, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $53.3 million and unused credit card lines available of $95.4 million.

     In connection with all consumer loans originated, Westernbank’s underwriting standards include a determination of the applicants’ payment history on other debts and an assessment of the ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s consumer loan portfolio, including the Expresso of Westernbank loan portfolio, had a total delinquency ratio, including the categories of 60 days and over, of 1.03%, compared to 0.89% at December 31, 2003. The increase in the delinquency ratio from 2003 to 2004 was mainly due to an increased number of delinquencies in regular consumer loans past due over 90 days which are collateralized by real estate properties.

     Westernbank has 83% of its loan portfolio as of December 31, 2004, secured by real estate. Our combined delinquency on all portfolios for the categories of 60 days and over continues to be below our benchmark of 1% for both periods, being 0.57% at December 31, 2004, and 0.74% at December 31, 2003.

     INCOME FROM LENDING ACTIVITIES. Westernbank realizes interest income and fee income from its lending activities. For the most part, interest rates charged by Westernbank on loans depend upon the general interest rate environment, the demand for loans and the availability of funds. Westernbank also receives fees for originating and committing to originate or purchase loans and also charges service fees for the assumption of loans, late payments, inspection of properties, appraisals and other miscellaneous services.

     Loan origination and commitment fees vary with the volume and type of loans and commitments made and sold and with competitive conditions in the residential and commercial mortgage markets. Loan origination fees net of related direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized over the life of the related loans as a yield adjustment using the interest method. Commitment fees are also deferred and amortized over the life of the related loans as a yield adjustment. If the commitment expires unexercised, the fee is taken into income.

     Westernbank recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others, regardless of how those servicing rights are acquired and assesses the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual

6


Table of Contents

servicing right, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount for that right. The total cost of mortgage loans to be sold with servicing rights retained is allocated to the mortgage servicing rights and the loans (without the mortgage servicing rights), based on their relative fair values. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated servicing income.

     NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, Westernbank attempts to cure the deficiency by contacting the borrower. In most cases, deficiencies are cured promptly. If the delinquency exceeds 90 days and is not cured through normal collection procedures, Westernbank will generally institute measures to remedy the default. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not cured, paid in full or refinanced, the property is sold at a judicial sale at which Westernbank may acquire the property. In the event that the property is sold at a price insufficient to cover the balance of the loan, the debtor remains liable for the deficiency. Thereafter, if Westernbank acquires the property, such acquired property is appraised and included in the foreclosed real estate held for sale account at the fair value at the date of acquisition. Then, this asset is carried at the lower of fair value less estimated costs to sell or cost until the property is sold.

     The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, but in no event is it recognized after 90 days in arrears on payments of principal or interest. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is charged against income and the loan is accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Generally, a loan is returned to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal payments become current in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement or when the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection and collectibility is no longer doubtful.

     The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale by Westernbank at the dates indicated:

                                         
    December 31,  
                                     
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
  $ 25,417     $ 24,142     $ 13,567     $ 7,947     $ 6,140  
Consumer loans
    7,122       4,845       3,812       3,431       1,733  
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    1,730       2,259       2,026       2,735       1,817  
 
                             
Total non-performing loans
    34,269       31,246       19,405       14,113       9,690  
Foreclosed real estate held for sale
    3,811       4,082       3,679       3,013       2,454  
 
                             
Total non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale
  $ 38,080     $ 35,328     $ 23,084     $ 17,126     $ 12,144  
 
                             
 
                                       
Interest that would have been recorded if the loans had not been classified as non-performing
  $ 3,557     $ 2,500     $ 1,102     $ 1,123     $ 979  
 
                             
Interest recorded on non-performing loans
  $ 243     $ 583     $ 775     $ 1,716     $ 780  
 
                             
Total non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans at end of period
    0.57 %     0.66 %     0.51 %     0.49 %     0.43 %
 
                             
Total non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale as a percentage of total assets at end of period
    0.27 %     0.31 %     0.28 %     0.29 %     0.28 %
 
                             

     The increase in non-performing loans from year end 2003, to year end 2004 was mostly attributed to one commercial loan with a principal balance of $1.5 million, collateralized by real estate. At December 31, 2004, this loan did not require a valuation allowance. At December 31, 2004, the allowance for possible loan losses was 233.64% of total non-performing loans (reserve coverage).

     The increase in non-performing loans from year end 2002, to year end 2003 was mostly attributed to eight commercial loans with principal balances of $1.6 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million, $1.0 million, and four other loans with outstanding principal balances below $1.0 million, all of which are collateralized by real estate. At December 31, 2003, two of these loans with outstanding balances of $1.1 million and $695,000, had a specific valuation allowance of $277,000 and $201,000, respectively. At December 31, 2003, the allowance for possible loan losses was 197.17% of total non-performing loans (reserve coverage).

7


Table of Contents

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES. Westernbank maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing, quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio, based on evaluations of the collectibility and historical loss experience of loans. The Company follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. This methodology consists of several key elements, which include:

     The Formula Allowance. The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loans not otherwise covered by specific allowances. Loss factors are based on historical loss experience and may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, reflect the impact of any current condition on loss recognition. Factors that management considers in the analysis include the effect of the national and local economies, trends in the nature and volume of loans (delinquencies, charge-offs, non-accrual and problem loans), asset quality trends, changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards, collection practices, and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Company’s internal credit examiners. Loss factors are described as follows:

  •   Loan loss factors for commercial loans, including construction and land acquisition loans, are based on historical loss trends for three to five years, as adjusted for management’s expected increase in the loss factors given the significant increase in such loan portfolios over the last few years.
 
  •   Pooled loan loss factors are also based on historical loss trends for one to three years. Pooled loans are loans that are homogeneous in nature, such as consumer installment, residential mortgage loans and credit cards.

     Specific Allowances for Identified Problem Loans and Portfolio Segments. Specific allowances are established and maintained where management has identified significant adverse conditions or circumstances related to a credit or portfolio segment that management believes indicate the probability that a loss has been incurred in excess of the amount determined by the application of the formula allowance. Larger commercial and construction loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to Westernbank.

     In addition, the specific allowance incorporates the results of measuring impaired loans as provided in SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as amended. This accounting standard prescribes the measurement methods, income recognition and disclosures concerning impaired loans.

     The Unallocated Allowance. An unallocated allowance is established recognizing the estimation risk associated with the formula and specific allowances. It is based upon management’s evaluation of various conditions, the effects of which are not directly measured in determining the formula and specific allowances. These conditions include then-existing general economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas; credit quality trends, including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, regulatory examination results, and findings of our internal credit examiners. The evaluation of the inherent loss regarding these conditions involves a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem credits or portfolio segments.

     Management assesses these conditions quarterly. If any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of this condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to this credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the probable loss concerning this condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance.

     The allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount actually observed for these losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. Our methodology includes several features that are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses. Historical loss factors for commercial and consumer loans may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, reflect the impact of any current condition on loss recognition. Factors which management considers in the analysis include the effect of the national and local economies, trends in the nature and volume of loans (delinquencies, charge-offs, non-accrual and problem loans), changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards, collection practices, and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Bank’s internal credit examiners. Loan loss factors are adjusted quarterly based upon the level of net charge-offs expected by management in the next twelve months, after taking into account historical loss ratios adjusted for current trends. By assessing the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis, we are able to adjust specific and inherent loss estimates based upon any more recent information that has become available.

8


Table of Contents

     At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses was $80.1 million, consisting of $71.2 million general allowance (including the unallocated allowance) and $8.9 million of specific allowances. As of December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses equals 1.33% of total loans and 233.64% of total non-performing loans, compared with an allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2003 of $61.6 million, or 1.30% of total loans, and 197.17% of total non-performing loans.

     As of December 31, 2004, there have been no significant changes in estimation methods or assumptions that affected our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

     The table below presents a reconciliation of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

                                         
    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
                             
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364     $ 28,928     $ 23,978  
 
                             
Loans charged-off:
                                       
Consumer loans (1)
    (16,473 )     (12,203 )     (4,576 )     (3,840 )     (4,760 )
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    (5,433 )     (2,479 )     (3,389 )(2)     (2,970 )     (372 )
Real estate-mortgage and construction loans
    (297 )     (184 )           (228 )     (231 )
 
                             
Total loans charged-off
    (22,203 )     (14,866 )     (7,965 )     (7,038 )     (5,363 )
 
                             
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
                                       
Consumer loans (3)
    1,920       799       858       996       795  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    1,844       1,141       584       133       594  
Real estate-mortgage and construction loans
    206       372       190       175       224  
 
                             
Total recoveries of loans previously charged-off
    3,970       2,312       1,632       1,304       1,613  
 
                             
Net loans charged-off
    (18,233 )     (12,554 )     (6,333 )     (5,734 )     (3,750 )
Provision for loan losses
    36,691       27,048       15,083       12,278       8,700  
Allowance acquired on loans purchased
                      2,892        
 
                             
Balance, end of period
  $ 80,066     $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364     $ 28,928  
 
                             
Ratios:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period
    1.33 %     1.30 %     1.24 %     1.33 %     1.29 %
Provision for loan losses to net loans charged-off
    201.23 %     215.45 %     238.17 %     214.13 %     232.00 %
Recoveries of loans to loans charged-off in previous period
    26.71 %     29.03 %     23.19 %     24.31 %     21.92 %
Net loans charged-off to average total loans (4)
    0.34 %     0.29 %     0.19 %     0.23 %     0.19 %
Allowance for loans losses to non-performing loans
    233.64 %     197.17 %     242.80 %     271.83 %     298.53 %


(1)   Includes $12.4 million, $7.9 million and $62,000 of Expresso of Westernbank charge-offs, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Expresso of Westernbank began operations on July 10, 2002.
                                     
(2)   Includes $505,000 in 2002 of Westernbank Business Credit division, consisting of one loan originally acquired in the purchased loan portfolio from Congress Credit Corporation, a subsidiary of First Union National Bank N.A. on June 15, 2001. This loan was fully reserved at the acquisition date.
                                     
(3)   Includes $1.0 million and $17,000 of Expresso of Westernbank recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
                                     
(4)   Average loans were computed using beginning and period-end balances.

9


Table of Contents

     The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for credit losses, the loan portfolio composition percentage and the allowance coverage ratio in each loan category to total loans, as set forth in the “Loans” table on page 4, at the end of each year.

                                         
    AT DECEMBER 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                                       
Allowance for credit losses:
                                       
 
                                       
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans (1)
  $ 58,208     $ 41,400     $ 31,671     $ 24,397     $ 16,273  
Consumer loans (2)
    19,425       17,472       12,004       8,203       7,194  
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    407       415       443       494       526  
Unallocated
    2,026       2,321       2,996       5,270       4,935  
 
                             
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 80,066     $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364     $ 28,928  
 
                             
 
                                       
Loan portfolio composition percentages:
                                       
 
                                       
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    65.15 %     58.72 %     53.45 %     51.95 %     44.19 %
Consumer loans
    14.40 %     18.17 %     19.56 %     14.49 %     17.20 %
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    20.45 %     23.11 %     26.99 %     33.56 %     38.61 %
 
                             
Total loans
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
 
                             
 
                                       
Allowance coverage ratio at end of year:
                                       
 
                                       
Applicable to:
                                       
 
                                       
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    1.48 %     1.49 %     1.56 %     1.63 %     1.65 %
Consumer loans
    2.24 %     2.03 %     1.61 %     1.97 %     1.87 %
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    0.03 %     0.04 %     0.04 %     0.05 %     0.06 %
Unallocated (as a percentage of total loans)
    0.03 %     0.05 %     0.08 %     0.18 %     0.22 %
 
                             
Total loans
    1.33 %     1.30 %     1.24 %     1.33 %     1.29 %
 
                             


(1)   Includes an allowance of $6.0 million, $6.6 million, $4.5 million and $3.1 million for Westernbank Business Credit loans at December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Westernbank Business Credit began operations in 2001.
 
(2)   Includes an allowance of $13.8 million, $10.0 million and $1.5 million for Expresso of Westernbank loans portfolio at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Expresso of Westernbank began operations on July 10, 2002.

     Loans are classified as impaired or not impaired in accordance with SFAS No. 114. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Westernbank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the agreement.

     Westernbank measures the impairment of a loan based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Significant loans (those exceeding $500,000 in 2004 and 2003, and $250,000 in 2000 to 2002) are individually evaluated for impairment. Large groups of small balance, homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment; loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market are not evaluated for impairment. The portfolios of mortgage and consumer loans are considered homogeneous and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

10


Table of Contents

     Impaired loans for which the discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price exceeds its carrying value do not require an allowance. The allowance for impaired loans is part of the Company’s overall allowance for loan losses.

     The following table sets forth information regarding the investment in impaired loans:

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (In thousands)  
Investment in impaired loans:
                                       
 
                                       
Covered by a valuation allowance
  $ 29,975     $ 28,217     $ 26,074     $ 21,996     $ 8,040  
Do not require a valuation allowance
    24,200       22,088       24,515       20,482       4,834  
 
                             
Total
  $ 54,175     $ 50,305     $ 50,589     $ 42,478     $ 12,874  
 
                             
 
                                       
Valuation allowance for impaired loans
  $ 8,412     $ 4,646     $ 4,752     $ 4,181     $ 1,157  
 
                             
 
                                       
Average investment in impaired loans
  $ 46,509     $ 46,676     $ 46,147     $ 20,293     $ 11,873  
 
                             
 
                                       
Interest collected and recognized as income on impaired loans
  $ 2,460     $ 2,452     $ 4,041     $ 1,716     $ 780  
 
                             

     At December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s investment in impaired loans increased by $3.9 million or 7.14%, from $50.3 million as of December 31, 2003. The increase was mainly attributed to a newly classified loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $10.9 million for which an allowance of $500,000 was established at December 31, 2004.

     At December 31, 2003, Westernbank’s investment in impaired loans remained relatively stable when compared to year 2002, although the loans comprising the balance may have changed. At December 31, 2002, Westernbank’s investment in impaired loans increased $8.1 million or 19.09%, from $42.5 million as of December 31, 2001, to $50.6 million as of December 31, 2002. This increase was principally attributed to four newly classified loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of approximately $13.0 million as of December 31, 2002. All loans are collateralized by real estate and required a combined valuation allowance of $823,000.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     The Company’s investments are managed by the Investment Department. Purchases and sales are required to be reported monthly to the Investment Committee (composed of members of the Board of Directors, as well as the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer).

     The Investment Department is authorized to purchase and sell federal funds, interest bearing deposits in banks, banker’s acceptances of commercial banks insured by the FDIC, mortgage and asset-backed securities, Puerto Rico and U.S. Government and agency obligations, municipal securities rated A or better by any of the nationally recognized rating agencies, commercial paper and corporate notes rated P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc or A-1 by Standard and Poor’s, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. In addition, the Investment Department is responsible for the pricing and sale of deposits and repurchase agreements.

     At the date of purchase, the Company classifies debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held to maturity; trading; or available for sale. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed. Investments in debt securities for which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and stated at cost increased by accretion of discounts and reduced by amortization of premiums, both computed by the interest method. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Securities not classified as either held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses reported, net of income tax, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

     The Company’s investment strategy is affected by both the rates and terms available on competing investments and tax and other legal considerations.

11


Table of Contents

     Federal funds sold and resell agreements amounted to $341.9 million and $675.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2004. Federal funds sold mature the next business day, while resell agreements mature as follows: $125.4 million the next business day, $200.0 million in 2009, and $350.0 million in 2010. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral when the fair value of the underlying collateral falls below the collateral requirement. At December 31, 2004, the fair value of the underlying collateral amounted to $692.1 million.

     The following table presents the carrying value of investments as of year end for each of the years indicated:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Held to maturity :
                       
US Government and agencies obligations
  $ 6,004,849     $ 4,463,493     $ 2,671,344  
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations
    34,822       34,500       19,695  
Commercial paper
    25,000       174,976       74,997  
Corporate notes
    26,418       51,409       66,697  
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
    830,290       999,332       668,324  
 
                 
Total
    6,921,379       5,723,710       3,501,057  
 
                 
Available for sale:
                       
Corporate notes
                10,381  
Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO’s)
    7,881       49,910       145,276  
Equity securities - preferred stock
          5,170       5,230  
 
                 
Total
    7,881       55,080       160,887  
 
                 
Total investments
  $ 6,929,260     $ 5,778,790     $ 3,661,944  
 
                 

     Mortgage and asset-backed securities at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, consists of:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Available for sale:
                       
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)
  $ 6,116     $ 29,948     $ 73,742  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)
    1,765       19,962       71,534  
 
                 
Total available for sale
    7,881       49,910       145,276  
 
                 
 
                       
Held to maturity:
                       
Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) certificates
    9,881       9,753       13,657  
FHLMC certificates
    5,663       7,297       10,435  
FNMA certificates
    3,642       4,542       6,906  
CMO’s certificates issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    706,632       885,408       517,094  
CMO’s certificates issued or guaranteed by FNMA
    104,441       84,322       4,703  
CMO’s certificates issued or guaranteed by GNMA
                1,608  
CMO’s other
    31       168       41,663  
Asset-backed securities
          7,842       72,258  
 
                 
Total held to maturity
    830,290       999,332       668,324  
 
                 
Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
  $ 838,171     $ 1,049,242     $ 813,600  
 
                 

     At December 31, 2004, no investment of a single issuer (in aggregate balance) exceeded 10% of the consolidated stockholders’ equity.

12


Table of Contents

     The carrying amount of investment securities at December 31, 2004, by contractual maturity (excluding mortgage and asset-backed securities), are shown below:

                 
    Carrying     Weighted  
    amount     average yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
US Government and agencies obligations:
               
Due within one year
  $ 99,921       2.20 %
Due after one year through five years
    4,108,423       3.90  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,796,505       4.12  
Due after ten years
           
 
           
 
    6,004,849       3.94  
 
           
 
               
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations:
               
Due within one year
    3,000       4.75  
Due after one year through five years
    10,468       5.25  
Due after five years through ten years
    20,004       4.15  
Due after ten years
    1,350       6.15  
 
           
 
    34,822       4.61  
 
           
 
               
Other:
               
Due within one year
    25,000       2.95  
Due after one year through five years
    4,993       6.13  
Due after five years through ten years
           
Due after ten years
    21,425       8.33  
 
           
 
    51,418       5.50  
 
           
 
               
Total
    6,091,089       3.95  
 
               
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
    838,171       4.21  
 
           
Total
  $ 6,929,260       3.99 %
 
           

     The Company’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2004 had an average contractual maturity of 53 months, when compared to an average maturity of 63 months at December 31, 2003. The Company’s interest rate risk model takes into consideration the callable feature of certain investment securities. Assuming that all call features are exercised, the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004, had a remaining average contractual maturity of 10 months. However, no assurance can be given that such levels will be maintained in future periods.

     The Company evaluates for impairment its investment securities on a quarterly basis or earlier if other factors indicative of potential impairment exist. An impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income is recognized when the decline in the fair value of the securities below their cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers various factors in determining whether it should recognize an impairment charge, including, but not limited to the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been below its cost basis, the expectations for that security’s performance, the credit worthiness of the issuer, and the Company’s intention and ability to hold the security to maturity.

     The impairment analysis on the mortgage and asset-backed securities is done placing special emphasis on the analysis of the trustee and collateral manager monthly reports, on sensitivity and expected cash flow analyses made by major brokerage houses and on the credit worthiness of the issuer. The Company also considers its intent and ability to hold these securities. If management believes, based on the analysis, that the principal and interest obligations on any mortgage and asset-backed security will not be received in a timely manner, the security is written down to fair value based on available secondary market prices from broker/dealers.

13


Table of Contents

     The equity securities and corporate notes impairment analyses are performed and reviewed quarterly based on the latest financial information and any supporting research report made by major brokerage houses. These analyses are subjective and based, among other things, on relevant financial data such as capitalization, cash flows, liquidity, systematic risk, and debt outstanding. Management also considers the industry trends, the historical performance of the stock, as well as the Company’s intent to hold the security. If management believes there is a low probability of achieving book value in a reasonable time frame, then an impairment is recorded by writing down the security to fair value.

     In applying the foregoing analysis, management concluded that at March 31, 2003, its investments in corporate bond and loan obligations (“CBO’s and CLO’s”) were other-than-temporarily impaired. First, two tranches of a CBO with an amortized cost of $13.0 million were downgraded by two different rating agencies on April 3 and April 15, 2003. Second, the available secondary market prices for those two securities and the remaining portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s with a carrying value of $56.0 million continued to deteriorate. Management concluded, based on these facts and the secondary market prices, that a $15.7 million other-than-temporary impairment write-down adjustment was warranted. The same was recorded effective for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003. As of March 31, 2003, there were no defaults within the securities portfolio underlying the CBO’s and CLO’s. In connection with the write-down, and in accordance with applicable accounting pronouncements, management also reassessed its intent to hold to maturity and reclassified the securities related to the CBO’s that were downgraded as available for sale as of March 31, 2003.

     During the quarter ended June 30, 2003, the Company, based upon additional information available from trustees, further ratings downgrading, a default on the scheduled interest payment in one of the CBO tranches and further declines in quoted market prices for such investments, reclassified the remaining portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s to available for sale and subsequently on June 6, 2003 sold its entire portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s. The sale of the portfolio, with an original total investment of $62.9 million and adjusted to a fair value of $45.4 million as of March 31, 2003, was completed at an additional net loss of $7.0 million which was recorded during the quarter ended June 30, 2003.

     The Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, consisted principally of U.S. Government and agencies obligations, Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations, and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA or GNMA. There were no investment securities other than those referred to above in unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. These unrealized losses related to interest rate changes. Investment securities with prepayment provisions did not have significant unamortized premiums at December 31, 2004 and 2003. As the Company has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available for sale, no declines were deemed to be other-than-temporary at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

SOURCES OF FUNDS

     GENERAL. Deposits, repurchase agreements, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and lines of credit are the primary sources of Westernbank’s funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. In addition, Westernbank obtains funds in the form of loan repayments and income from operations and the maturities and repayments of securities. Loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while net increases in deposits and repurchase agreements are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions. Short-term borrowings from the FHLB of New York are used to compensate for reductions in normal sources of funds such as savings inflows at less than projected levels.

     DEPOSITS. Westernbank offers a diversified choice of deposit accounts. Savings deposits increased from $692.2 million as of December 31, 2003, to $829.4 million as of December 31, 2004, an increase of $137.2 million or 19.82%. Also, other deposits represented mainly by time deposits, brokered deposits and Individual Retirement Account deposits (IRA’s), increased from $4.69 billion as of December 31, 2003, to $5.40 billion as of December 31, 2004, an increase of $708.5 million or 15.09%. Other deposits include brokered deposits amounting to $4.16 billion and $3.51 billion as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These accounts have historically been a stable source of funds.

     At December 31, 2004, Westernbank had total deposits of $6.23 billion, of which $829.4 million or 13.31% consisted of savings deposits, $303.7 million or 4.87% consisted of interest bearing demand deposits, $249.4 million or 4.00% consisted of noninterest bearing deposits and $4.85 billion or 77.82% consisted of time deposits. Westernbank also offers negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, Super Now accounts, special checking accounts and commercial demand accounts.

14


Table of Contents

     At December 31, 2004, the scheduled maturities of time deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more are as follows:

         
    (In thousands)  
3 months or less
  $ 73,337  
over 3 months through 6 months
    27,324  
over 6 months through 12 months
    25,520  
over 12 months
    86,437  
 
     
Total
  $ 212,618  
 
     

     The following table sets forth the average amount and the average rate paid on the following deposit categories for the years ended December 31:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
    Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average  
    amount     rate     amount     rate     amount     rate  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
Time deposits
  $ 4,617,785       2.64 %   $ 3,775,263       2.59 %   $ 2,889,649       3.40 %
Savings deposits
    784,589       2.14 %     605,854       2.15 %     509,114       2.46 %
Interest bearing demand deposits
    200,190       2.63 %     160,015       2.55 %     124,127       2.90 %
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
    306,710             227,358             167,352        
 
                                   
 
  $ 5,909,274       2.43 %   $ 4,768,490       2.41 %   $ 3,690,242       3.10 %
 
                                   

     BORROWINGS. The following table sets forth the borrowings of the Company at the dates indicated:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements(1)
  $ 6,683,527     $ 5,046,045     $ 3,097,341  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)
    211,000       146,000       120,000  
Mortgage note payable
    36,858       37,234       37,822  
 
                 
 
  $ 6,931,385     $ 5,229,279     $ 3,255,163  
 
                 


(1)   Federal funds purchased amounted to $75.0 million at December 31, 2004, at a weighted average interest rate of 2.37%, and mature the next business day. No such borrowings were outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

     Westernbank has made use of institutional federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements in order to obtain funding, primarily through investment banks and brokerage firms. Repurchase agreements are collateralized with investment securities while federal funds purchased do not require collateral. Westernbank had $6.68 billion in federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2004, at a weighted average rate of 2.85%. Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2004, mature as follows: $4.33 billion within 30 days; $704.0 million in 2005; $47.5 million in 2006; $585.3 million in 2007; and $1.02 billion thereafter.

     Westernbank also obtains advances from FHLB of New York. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank had $211.0 million in outstanding FHLB advances at a weighted average rate of 3.78%. Advances from FHLB mature as follows: $39.0 million within 30 days; $70.0 million in 2006; $60.0 million in 2007; and $42.0 million in 2010.

15


Table of Contents

     At December 31, 2004, with respect to repurchase agreements amounting to $1.56 billion, the counterparties have the option to terminate the agreements at the first anniversary date and each interest payment date thereafter. Also, with respect to repurchase agreements and advances from FHLB amounting to $1.04 billion at December 31, 2004, at the first anniversary date and each quarter thereafter, the FHLB has the option to convert them into replacement funding for the same or a lesser principal amount based on any funding then offered by FHLB at the then current market rates, unless the interest rate has been predetermined between FHLB and the Company. If the Company chooses not to replace the FHLB’s funding, it will repay the convertible advances and repurchase agreements, including any accrued interest, on such optional conversion date.

     At December 31, 2004, Westernbank World Plaza, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Westernbank Puerto Rico, had outstanding $36.9 million of a mortgage note, at a fixed interest rate of 8.05% per year up to September 11, 2009. Subsequent to September 11, 2009, the mortgage note will bear interest on the then outstanding principal balance at a rate per year equal to the (1) greater of 13.05% or the Treasury Rate plus five percentage points or (2) 10.05%, depending on the fulfillment of certain conditions on the repricing date. Westernbank World Plaza has a prepayment option on the repricing date, without penalty. The mortgage note is collateralized by a 23-story office building, including its related parking facility, located in Hato Rey, Puerto Rico.

     A summary of short-term borrowings, including federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and advances from Federal Home Loan Bank, and interest rates at and for the year ended December 31, are indicated below:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Federal funds purchased:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 75,029     $     $  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.37 %     %     %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 23,753     $ 8,500     $ 418  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.95 %     1.34 %     2.15 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 95,005     $ 75,000     $ 418  
 
                       
Repurchase agreements:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 4,138,257     $ 1,648,891     $ 1,029,493  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.30 %     1.21 %     1.46 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 2,377,042     $ 1,093,921     $ 1,371,832  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.67 %     1.24 %     1.92 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 4,206,540     $ 1,717,184     $ 1,962,319  
 
                       
Advances from FHLB:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 25,000     $ 40,000     $  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.41 %     1.20 %     %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 21,250     $ 31,917     $  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.65 %     1.33 %     %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 50,000     $ 64,000     $  
 
                       
Total short-term borrowings:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 4,238,286     $ 1,688,891     $ 1,029,493  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.30 %     1.21 %     1.46 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 2,422,045     $ 1,134,338     $ 1,372,249  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.67 %     1.24 %     1.92 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 4,238,286     $ 1,832,184     $ 1,962,319  

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. As part of the Company’s asset/liability management, the Company uses interest-rate contracts, which include interest-rate exchange agreements (swaps) and option agreements, to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various statement of financial condition items.

16


Table of Contents

     The Company accounts for its derivatives under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended. The Standard requires recognition of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial condition and requires measurement of those instruments at fair value through adjustments to either accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) or current earnings or both, as appropriate. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative instrument as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or as a derivative instrument not designated as a hedge. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in current period net income. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction impacts net income. For derivative instruments not designated as a hedge, changes in fair values are reported in current period net income.

     Prior to entering into a hedge transaction, the Company formally documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the statement of financial condition or to specific forecasted transactions along with a formal assessment at both inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis as to the effectiveness of the derivative instrument in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued and the adjustment to fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in net income.

     Certain contracts contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it should be bifurcated from the host contract and carried at fair value.

     In the case of interest-rate exchange agreements that qualify for hedging accounting treatment, net interest income (expense) resulting from the differential between exchanging floating and fixed-rate interest payment is recorded on a current basis as an adjustment to interest income or expense on the corresponding hedged assets or liabilities.

     The Company maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy may involve modifying the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Company may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps and indexed options. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which calculations, payments and the value of the derivative are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. Direct credit exposure is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. Such difference, which represents the fair value of the derivative, is reflected on the Company’s statements of financial condition as derivative assets and derivative liabilities.

     The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these agreements. The Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures, and does not expect any counterparties to fail their obligations. The Company deals only with primary dealers.

     Derivative instruments are generally negotiated over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts. Negotiated OTC derivatives are generally entered into between two counterparties that negotiate specific agreement terms, including the underlying instrument, amount, exercise price and maturity.

     The Company enters into interest-rate swap contracts in managing its interest rate exposure. Interest-rate swap contracts generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating-rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Entering into interest-rate swap contracts involves not only the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts, but also the interest rate risk associated with unmatched positions. Interest rate swaps are the most common type of derivative contracts that the Company utilizes.

     Indexed options are contracts that the Company enters into in order to receive the average appreciation of the month end value of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index over a specified period in exchange for the payment of a premium when the contract is initiated. The credit risk inherent in the indexed options is the risk that the exchange party may default.

17


Table of Contents

     Fair Value Hedging Instruments

     The Company currently utilizes interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate certificates of deposit or firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit (liabilities) to a variable rate. By entering into the swap, the principal amount of the hedged item would remain unchanged but the interest payment streams would change. These swaps mature between one to twenty years with a right by the counterparty to call them after the first anniversary. The Company has an identical right to call the certificates of deposit. Decisions to convert fixed-rate certificates of deposits or firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit (liabilities) to variable rate are made primarily by consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Company, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and by interest rate levels.

     The Company purchases fixed rate residential mortgage loans for portfolio. Fixed rate loans expose the Company to variability in their fair value due to changes in the level of interest rates. Management believes that it is prudent to limit the variability in the fair value of a portion of its fixed rate loan portfolio. It is the Company’s objective to hedge the change in fair value of fixed rate mortgage loans at coverage levels that are appropriate, given the anticipated or existing interest rate levels and other market considerations, as well as the relationship of changes in this asset to other assets of the Company. To meet this objective, the Company enters into contracts to purchase fixed rate residential mortgage loans with a third party. The third party agreed to provide the Company a return at a floating rate of interest (three month LIBOR plus a spread) even though the contractual terms of the loans are fixed rate in nature. This provision is effectively an interest rate swap (balance guarantee swap). Since the contracts meet with the sale accounting provisions of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, SFAS No. 133 and related interpretations, these interest rate swaps are accounted for separately. Since the hedged item and the hedging instrument have identical critical terms, no ineffectiveness is assumed and the fair value changes in the interest rate swaps are recorded as changes in the value of both the interest rate swaps and the mortgage loans.

     Derivative Instruments not Designated as Hedge

     The Company offers its customers certificates of deposit which contain an embedded derivative tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index that is bifurcated from the host deposit and recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition in accordance with SFAS No. 133. At the end of five years, the depositor will receive a specified percent of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index. If such index decreases, the depositor receives the principal without any interest. The Company uses option and interest rate swap agreements with major broker dealer companies to manage its exposure to the stock market. Under the option agreements, the Company will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for the payment of a premium when the contract is initiated. Under the terms of the swap agreements, the Company also will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for a quarterly fixed interest cost. Since the embedded derivative instrument on the certificates of deposit and the option and interest rate swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting, these derivative instruments are marked to market through earnings.

     See Note 19 (page 109) to the audited consolidated financial statements for a detail of derivative transactions, included in Part II, Item 8.

     Off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments — In the ordinary course of business, Westernbank has entered into off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit-card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and commitments to purchase mortgage loans. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. Westernbank periodically evaluates the credit risks inherent in these commitments, and commercial letters of credit, and establishes loss allowances for such risks if and when these are deemed necessary. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, Westernbank did not record any loss allowances in connection with risks involved in other off-balance sheet instruments. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no additional off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments other than those mentioned above.

YIELDS EARNED AND RATES PAID

     The net income of the Company depends primarily upon the difference or spread between the interest income received on its interest-earning assets and the interest paid on its interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004, was $299.5 million, an increase of $60.2 million or 25.17%, from $239.3 million in 2003. The increase in 2004 was the result of increases in interest income from loans and investment securities, mainly in tax-exempt securities, which was partially offset by increases in interest expense on deposits and on federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2003, net interest income reached $239.3 million, compared to $166.3 million reported in 2002, an increase of $73.0 million or 43.88%. The increase in 2003 was the result of increases in interest income from loans, investment securities and money market instruments, which was partially offset by increases in interest expense on deposits and repurchase agreements.

18


Table of Contents

     The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, as well as in a normal and tax equivalent basis. Average balances are daily average balances. The yield on the securities portfolio is based on average historical cost balances and does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of consolidated shareholders’ equity.

                                                                         
    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
            2004                     2003                     2002        
            Average balance     Average             Average balance     Average             Average balance     Average  
    Interest     (1)     Yield / Rate     Interest     (1)     Yield / Rate     Interest     (1)     Yield / Rate  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Normal Spread:
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans, including loan fees (2)
  $ 322,164     $ 5,401,955       5.96 %   $ 275,848     $ 4,278,468       6.45 %   $ 220,676     $ 3,315,514       6.66 %
Investment securities (3)
    212,213       5,400,997       3.93       134,273       3,571,299       3.76       112,759       2,600,210       4.34  
Mortgage and asset- backed securities (3)
    37,489       935,421       4.01       40,140       998,257       4.02       44,848       859,991       5.21  
Money market instruments
    19,510       745,828       2.62       11,633       534,444       2.18       7,451       314,633       2.37  
 
                                                     
Total
    591,376       12,484,201       4.74       461,894       9,382,468       4.92       385,734       7,090,348       5.44  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Deposits
    143,860       5,909,274       2.43       114,755       4,768,490       2.41       114,374       3,690,242       3.10  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    141,414       5,676,595       2.49       101,652       3,891,972       2.61       98,233       2,815,608       3.49  
Advances from FHLB
    6,568       164,245       4.00       6,037       137,838       4.38       6,202       120,008       5.17  
Other borrowings
                      142       3,698       3.85       604       15,469       3.90  
 
                                                     
Total
    291,842       11,750,114       2.48       222,586       8,801,998       2.53       219,413       6,641,327       3.30  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 299,534                     $ 239,308                     $ 166,321                  
 
                                                                 
Interest rate spread
                    2.26 %                     2.39 %                     2.14 %
 
                                                                 
Net interest-earning assets
          $ 734,087                     $ 580,470                     $ 449,021          
 
                                                                 
Net yield on interest-earning assets (4)
                    2.40 %                     2.55 %                     2.35 %
 
                                                                 
Interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities ratio
            106.25 %                     106.59 %                     106.76 %        
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Tax Equivalent Spread:
                                                                       
Interest-earnings assets
  $ 591,376     $ 12,484,201       4.74 %   $ 461,894     $ 9,382,468       4.92 %   $ 385,734     $ 7,090,348       5.44 %
Tax equivalent adjustment
    53,555             0.43       31,522             0.34       23,704             0.33  
 
                                                     
Interest-earning assets - tax equivalent
    644,931       12,484,201       5.17       493,416       9,382,468       5.26       409,438       7,090,348       5.77  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities
    291,842     $ 11,750,114       2.48       222,586     $ 8,801,998       2.53       219,413     $ 6,641,327       3.30  
 
                                                     
Net interest income
  $ 353,089                     $ 270,830                     $ 190,025                  
 
                                                                 
Interest rate spread
                    2.69 %                     2.73 %                     2.47 %
 
                                                                 
Net yield on interest- earning assets (4)
                    2.83 %                     2.89 %                     2.68 %
 
                                                                 


(1)   Average balance on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is computed using daily monthly average balances during the periods.
 
(2)   Average loans exclude non-performing loans. Loans fees, net amounted to $10.6 million; $8.7 million and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
 
(3)   Includes trading and available for sale securities.
 
(4)   Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

19


Table of Contents

     The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the increase (decrease) related to higher outstanding balances and the volatility of interest rates.

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004 vs. 2003     2003 vs. 2002  
    Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  
                    (In thousands)                          
Interest income:
                                               
Loans
  $ 64,831     $ (18,515 )   $ 46,316     $ 61,842     $ (6,670 )   $ 55,172  
Investment securities (1)
    71,641       6,299       77,940       33,413       (11,899 )     21,514  
Mortgage and asset-backed securities (1)
    (2,519 )     (132 )     (2,651 )     11,103       (15,811 )     (4,708 )
Money market instruments
    5,216       2,661       7,877       4,828       (646 )     4,182  
 
                                   
Total increase (decrease) in interest income
    139,169       (9,687 )     129,482       111,186       (35,026 )     76,160  
 
                                   
Interest expense:
                                               
Deposits
    27,757       1,348       29,105       1,618       (1,237 )     381  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    44,217       (4,455 )     39,762       9,985       (6,566 )     3,419  
Advances from FHLB
    972       (441 )     531       6,304       (6,469 )     (165 )
Other borrowings
    (142 )           (142 )     (453 )     (9 )     (462 )
 
                                   
Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
    72,804       (3,548 )     69,256       17,454       (14,281 )     3,173  
 
                                   
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
  $ 66,365     $ (6,139 )   $ 60,226     $ 93,732     $ (20,745 )   $ 72,987  
 
                                   


(1)   Includes trading and available for sale securities.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain ratios reflecting the productivity and profitability of the Company:

                         
    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, (1)  
    2004     2003     2002  
Return on assets (2)
    1.33 %     1.15 %     1.22 %
Return on common stockholders’ equity (3)
    28.55       22.79       25.39  
Dividend payout ratio to common stockholders (4)
    16.24       19.97       19.46  
Equity-to-asset ratio (5)
    7.39       7.16       6.90  


(1)   Averages computed by using beginning and period-end balances.
 
(2)   Net income divided by average total assets.
 
(3)   Net income attributable to common stockholders divided by average common stockholders’ equity.
 
(4)   Common stockholders’ dividend declared divided by net income attributable to common stockholders.
 
(5)   Average equity divided by average total assets .

20


Table of Contents

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION

     Puerto Rico (the “Island”), a Commonwealth of the United States of America (the “U.S.”), is the easternmost of the Greater Antilles and the fourth largest island of the Caribbean. The Island is located at the crossroads between North and South America, at just 3.5 hours airtime from New York and 60 minutes from Venezuela and has a population of approximately four (4) million people. In 1917, the people of Puerto Rico became citizens of the U.S., and therefore Puerto Ricans serve in the United States Armed Forces. As in the U.S., the Island has a local judicial system. The Island constitutes a District in the Federal Judiciary and has its own U.S. district court. Also, most of the U.S. federal agencies are represented on the Island. However, the Island has its own Internal Revenue system and is not subject to U.S. taxes. Spanish and English are the official languages of the Island.

     The Island economy operates as a region within the U.S., and therefore its financial performance is closely linked to the U.S. performance. The external sector is a key element of the economy of Puerto Rico, as it has a very open economy, with large flows of trade, investment and income. The Island uses U.S. currency and forms part of the U.S. financial system. As a Commonwealth of the U.S., the Island falls within the U.S. for purposes of customs and migration, and therefore there is a full exchange of funds, people and goods between Puerto Rico and the U.S. Puerto Rico banks are subject to the same Federal laws, regulations and supervision as those of the financial institutions operating in the rest of U.S. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. insures the deposits of Puerto Rico chartered commercial banks, including Westernbank, the banking subsidiary of W Holding Company, Inc.

     For year 2004, the Puerto Rico economic activity continued in line with overall economic conditions in the U.S, showing some growth although at a slower rate than expected. Economic indicators for year 2004 showed some mixed signals, while the job markets continue to strengthen and retail sales continue to rise, the public-sector construction has remained more or less stable, the expansion observed in private construction halted and a drop-off occurred in government income, which should result in cuts in public spending. The Puerto Rico Gross Domestic Product was approximately 3.0% for year 2004. Inflation rate for year 2004 was considered to be moderate at approximately 4.0%. Historically, Puerto Rico unemployment rate has been higher than the average U.S. unemployment rate, being 10% at December 31, 2004, since although the number of jobs was increasing; the workforce was growing in a parallel fashion. The rate of participation in the workforce has been estimated in approximately 47.0%. Manufacturing and construction continues to be the backbone of the Island economy, and many multinational corporations have substantial operations in the Island. The island’s pharmaceutical industry continues to be very strong, being the primary driver for employment in the Island, along with the construction industry; both of them labor intensive industries. During the past years there has been a slowdown in both industries, primarily due to the reduction of tax incentives in the manufacturing sector. Nevertheless, the Island economy has been able to be somewhat less dependent of these industries thanks to its diversification into other business areas such as tourism, retail, banking and transportation.

     The banking sector has been the main driver of such diversification, being the financial support for all the industrial and commercial activity on the Island. At December 31, 2004, there are approximately eleven (11) banks operating in Puerto Rico, with total assets, loans and deposits of approximately $90.8 billion, $46.9 billion and $46.0 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2004. U.S. banks, foreign banks and the major Puerto Rican banks, all offer commercial banking services designed to support the emerging requirements of its local clients as well as of its international clients. The economic strength and liquidity of local financial institutions, considered as the pillar of the Island’s economy, have allowed the Puerto Rico banking sector to extend credit, without which the Island’s economy couldn’t be sustained. The growing combination of loans, deposits and assets has been the key elements to the economic progress for the past years. Loans, in particular, have played a key role in keeping the Island economy afloat, through either personal, mortgage or commercial loans.

     The financial services and banking business are highly competitive, and the profitability of the Company will depend principally upon the Company’s ability to compete in its market area as well as to a significant extent upon general economic conditions in its market place. The Company competes with other commercial and non-commercial banks, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and certain other non-financial institutions, including certain governmental organizations which may offer subsidized financing at lower rates than those offered by the Company. The Company has been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing technology and customer service, including local office decision-making on loans, establishing long-term customer relationships and building customer loyalty, and by providing products and services designed to address the specific needs of its customers. Significant deterioration in the local economy or external economic conditions, such as inflation, recession, unemployment, real estate values and other factors beyond the Company’s control, could also substantially impact the Company’s performance. There can be no assurance that future adverse changes in the local economy would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

21


Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES

     At December 31, 2004, the Company had 1,175 full-time employees, including its executive officers. The Company considers its employees relations to be excellent.

REGULATION

     The Company is a financial holding company subject to the regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”)under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company is required to file periodic reports and other information with the FRB and the FRB may conduct examinations of the Company. Westernbank is subject to the regulation, supervision and examination of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Puerto Rico Commissioner of Financial Institutions (the “Puerto Rico Commissioner”) and, as to certain matters, the FRB. Westernbank Insurance Corp. is subject to the regulation, supervision, and examination of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Puerto Rico.

     FEDERAL REGULATION. The Company is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the FRB. The guidelines apply on a consolidated basis and require bank holding companies to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% to 5.0%. There is a minimum ratio of 3.0% established for the most highly rated bank holding companies. The FRB’s capital adequacy guidelines also require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders and other activities can be restricted if its capital falls below levels established by the FRB’s guidelines. In addition, any bank holding company whose capital falls below levels specified in the guidelines can be required to implement a plan to increase capital. As of December 31, 2004, the Company’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets was 7.72%, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 14.78%, and its ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets was 15.70%.

     Under the guidelines for qualifying total capital, at least half of the total capital is to be comprised of common equity, retained earnings, minority interest in unconsolidated subsidiaries, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the disallowed portion of deferred tax assets (“Tier 1 Capital”). The remainder may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan and lease loss reserves (“Tier 2 Capital”). With respect to risk-based and leverage capital ratios, most intangibles, including core deposit intangibles, are deducted from Tier 1 Capital. The regulations, however, permit the inclusion of a limited amount of intangibles related to originated and purchased mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships and include a “grandfathered” provision permitting inclusion of certain existing intangibles.

     Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. The FDICIA and the regulations issued thereunder established five capital tiers: (i) “well capitalized”, if a depository institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”, (iii) “undercapitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances), (iv) “significantly undercapitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, and (v) “critically undercapitalized”, if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives a less than satisfactory examination rating in any of the first four categories. As of March 31, 2004 (latest examination date), Westernbank was deemed to be a “well-capitalized” institution. At December 31, 2004, there are no conditions or events since the latest examination date that management believes have changed Westernbank’s category. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s ratio of Tier I capital to total average assets was 6.75%, its ratio of Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets was 12.93%, and its ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets was 13.88%.

     FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fees to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans. A depository institution’s holding company must guarantee the capital plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

22


Table of Contents

     Failure to meet the capital guidelines could subject an institution to a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on its business. At December 31, 2004, the Company and Westernbank were in compliance with all capital requirements. For more information, refer to Note 15 (page 103) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8.

     DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS. The principal source of funds of the Company is dividends from Westernbank. The ability of Westernbank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by the Puerto Rico Banking Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) and FDIC regulations. In general terms, the Puerto Rico Banking Act provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater than receipts, the excess of expenditures over receipts shall be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank and the balance, if any, shall be charged against the required reserve fund of the bank. If there is no sufficient reserve fund to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount shall be charged against the bank’s capital account. The Puerto Rico Banking Act provides that until said capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund restored to 20% of the original capital, the bank may not declare any dividends. In general terms, the FDIA and the FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank.

     The payment of dividends by Westernbank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the regulatory authority, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (that, depending on the financial condition of the depository institution, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such depository institution cease and desist from such practice. The FRB has issued a policy statement that provides that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of operating earnings for the current and preceding two years. In addition, all insured depository institutions are subject to the capital-based limitations required by FDICIA.

     ACQUISITIONS AND CHANGE OF CONTROL. FRB approval is required if the Company seeks to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of a bank if, after such acquisition, the Company would own or control directly or indirectly more than 5% of the voting stock of the bank. FRB approval also must be obtained if the Company seeks to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a bank or merges or consolidates with another bank holding company.

     The Company is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove any purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, order or directive of the FRB, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the FRB. Such notice and approval is not required for a bank holding company that would be treated as “well capitalized” under applicable regulations of the FRB, that has received a composite “1” or “2” rating at its most recent bank holding company inspection by the FRB, and that is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of the Company’s preferred stocks will require the prior approval of the FRB.

     PUERTO RICO BANKING LAW. Westernbank is a bank chartered under the Puerto Rico Banking Law. Westernbank must file reports with the Puerto Rico Commissioner and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, and it must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions and opening or acquiring branch offices. The Puerto Rico Commissioner and the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to assess Westernbank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision is intended primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and depositors. The regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with the exercise of their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the setting of policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

     Westernbank derives its lending, investment and other powers primarily from the applicable provisions of the Puerto Rico Banking Law and the regulations adopted thereunder. That law governs the responsibilities of directors, officers and stockholders, and the corporate powers, savings, lending, capital and investment requirements and other activities of Westernbank. The Puerto Rico Commissioner has extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion under the Puerto Rico Banking Law, and generally examines Westernbank on an annual basis.

23


Table of Contents

     The Puerto Rico Banking Act requires that at least 10% of the yearly net income of Westernbank be credited annually to a reserve fund. This must be done every year until the reserve fund is equal to the total paid-in capital for common stock and preferred stock or 10% of total deposits. At December 31, 2004, Westernbank had an adequate reserve fund established. The Puerto Rico Banking Law also provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater than the receipts, the excess is charged against the undistributed profits of the bank, and the balance, if any, is charged against and reduces the reserve fund. If there is no reserve fund sufficient to cover the entire amount, the excess amount is charged against the capital account and no dividend can be declared until the capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital.

     Under the Puerto Rico Banking Act, Westernbank must maintain a legal reserve in an amount equal to at least 20% of Westernbank’s demand liabilities, except certain government deposits. At December 31, 2004, Westernbank had a legal reserve of 202.54%.

     The Puerto Rico Regulatory Financial Board (the “Financial Board”), which is part of the Office of the Puerto Rico Commissioner, has the authority to regulate the maximum interest rates and finance charges that may be charged on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. In February 1992 and again in November 1997, the Financial Board approved regulations which provide that the applicable interest rate on loans to individuals and an unincorporated business is to be determined by free competition. The Financial Board also has authority to regulate the maximum finance charges on retail installment sales contracts, including credit card purchases, which are currently set at 21%. There is no maximum rate set for installment sales contracts involving motor vehicles, commercial, agricultural and industrial equipment, commercial electric appliances, and insurance premiums.

     Under Puerto Rico law, no person or company may acquire direct or indirect control of a holding company without first obtaining the prior approval of the Puerto Rico Commissioner. Control is defined to mean the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or decisively influence the management or the operations of the holding company. Control is presumed to exist if a person or entity, or group acting in concert, would become the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 5% of the voting stock of the holding company as a result of the transfer of voting stock, and such person, entity or group did not own more than 5% of the voting stock prior to the transfer.

     FDIC DEPOSIT INSURANCE. Westernbank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system, under which the assessment rate for an insured depository institution varies according to the level of risk incurred in its activities. An institution’s risk category is based partly upon whether the institution is well capitalized, adequately capitalized or less than adequately capitalized. Each insured institution is also assigned to one of three supervisory subgroups. Group “A” institutions are financially sound institutions with only a few minor weaknesses; Group “B” institutions are institutions that demonstrate weaknesses that, if not corrected, could result in significant deterioration; and Group “C” institutions are institutions with respect to which there is a substantial probability that the FDIC will suffer a loss in connection with the institution unless effective action is taken to correct the areas of weakness.

     FDIC insurance on deposits may be terminated by the FDIC, after notice and hearing, upon a finding by the FDIC that the insured bank has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, or is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations as an insured bank, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule or order of or condition imposed by or written agreement entered into with the FDIC.

     Westernbank is also subject to quarterly payments on semiannual insurance premium assessments for its FDIC deposit insurance. Westernbank is subject to separate assessments to repay bonds (“FICO bonds”) issued in the late 1980’s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The assessment for the payments on the FICO bonds for the quarter beginning on January 1, 2005 is 1.44 basis points for BIF-assessable and SAIF-assessable deposits. Most of Westernbank’s deposits are presently insured by SAIF.

     BROKERED DEPOSITS. FDIC regulations govern the receipt of brokered deposits. Under these regulations, a bank cannot accept, rollover or renew brokered deposits (which term is defined also to include any deposit with an interest rate more than 75 basis points above prevailing rates) unless (i) it is well capitalized or (ii) it is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from the FDIC. However, a bank that is adequately capitalized may not pay an interest rate more than 75 basis points over prevailing rates under any circumstances. The Company does not believe the brokered deposits regulation has had or will have a material effect on the funding or liquidity of Westernbank.

24


Table of Contents

     SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS STANDARDS. Section 39 of the FDIA requires each federal banking agency to prescribe for all insured depository institutions that it regulates standards relating to internal control, information systems and internal audit system, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. In addition, each federal banking agency is required to adopt standards that specify (i) a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, (ii) minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses without impairing capital, (iii) to the extent feasible, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly-traded shares of the institution or holding company, and (iv) such other standards relating to asset quality, earnings and valuation as the agency deems appropriate. Finally, each federal banking agency is required to prescribe standards for the employment contracts and other compensation arrangements of executive officers, employees, directors and principal stockholders of insured depository institutions that would prohibit compensation, benefits and other arrangements that are excessive or that could lead to a material financial loss for the institution. If an insured depository institution or its holding company fails to meet any of the standards described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate federal banking agency a plan specifying the steps that will be taken to cure the deficiency. If an institution or holding company fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement the plan, the appropriate federal banking agency will require the institution or holding company to correct the deficiency and, until it is corrected, may impose other restrictions on the institution or holding company, including any of the restrictions applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of FDICIA.

     ACTIVITY RESTRICTIONS ON STATE-CHARTERED BANKS. State banks are limited in their investments and activities engaged in as principal to those permissible under applicable state law and that are permissible for national banks and their subsidiaries, unless such investments and activities are specifically permitted by the FDIA or the FDIC determines that such activity or investment would pose no significant risk to the SAIF and BIF. The FDIC has by regulation determined that certain real estate investment activities do not present a significant risk to the SAIF and BIF, provided they are conducted in accordance with the regulations. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”), permit national banks to establish financial subsidiaries that may engage in the activities permissible for financial holding companies, other than insurance underwriting, merchant banking and real estate development and investment activities. In order to exercise this authority, a bank and its depository institution affiliates must be well-capitalized, well-managed and have CRA ratings of at least “satisfactory”. For a state bank, such activities also must be permissible under relevant state law.

     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND INSIDERS OF WESTERNBANK. Transactions between Westernbank and any of its affiliates, including the Company, are governed by sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. Generally, sections 23A and 23B (1) limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (2) require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transactions” includes the making of loans, purchase of or investment in securities issued by the affiliate, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending on the nature of the collateral. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of assets or provision of services to an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

     On October 31, 2002, the FRB adopted a new regulation, Regulation W, effective March 1, 2003, that comprehensively implements sections 23A and 23B. The regulation unifies and updates staff interpretations issued over the years, incorporates several new interpretative proposals (such as to clarify when transactions with an unrelated third party will be attributed to an affiliate), and addresses new issues arising as a result of the expanded scope of non-banking activities engaged in by banks and bank holding companies in recent years and authorized for financial holding companies under the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLB Act”).

     Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans by a bank to executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10% stockholder of a bank and certain of their related interests (“insiders”) and insiders of affiliates, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and related interests, the bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that loans to insiders and to insiders of affiliates be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely available to employees of the bank and (ii) does not give preference to insiders over other employees of the bank. Section 22(h) also requires prior board of director’s approval for certain loans, and the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

25


Table of Contents

     COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by federal regulations, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires federal examiners, in connection with the examination of a financial institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Company has a Compliance Committee, which oversees the planning of products, and services offered to the community, especially those aimed to serve low and moderate income communities. The CRA rated the Company as having a “high satisfactory record of meeting community credit needs” under the CRA at its most recent examination for CRA performance.

     CUSTOMER INFORMATION SECURITY. The FRB, the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies have adopted final guidelines (the “Guidelines”) for safeguarding confidential, personal customer information. The Guidelines require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Company has adopted a customer information security program that has been approved by the Company’s board of directors.

     FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM. Westernbank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. The System consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks, with each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Westernbank, as a member of the FHLB of New York, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount equal to the greater of: 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each year; 5% of its FHLB advances outstanding; or 0.3% of its total assets. At December 31, 2004, Westernbank held $52.2 million in capital stock of the FHLB of New York.

     Advances from a FHLB are secured by a member’s shares of stock in the institution, certain type of mortgages and other assets, including investment securities. Interest rates charged for advances vary depending upon maturity and the cost of funds to the FHLB. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank had $211.0 million in outstanding advances and $832.9 million in repurchase agreements from the FHLB of New York.

     INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENTITY ACT. The business and operations of Westernbank International Banking Entity are subject to supervision and regulation by the Puerto Rico Commissioner. Under the International Banking Entity Act (“IBE Act”), no sale, encumbrance, assignment, merger, exchange or transfer of shares, interest or participation in the capital of an international banking entity (an “IBE”) may be initiated without the prior approval of the Puerto Rico Commissioner, if by such transaction a person would acquire, directly or indirectly, control of 10% or more of any class of stock, interest or participation in the capital of the IBE. The IBE Act and the regulations issued thereunder by the Puerto Rico Commissioner (the “IBE Regulations”) limit the business activities that may be carried out by an IBE. Such activities are limited in part to persons and assets located outside of Puerto Rico. The IBE Act provides further that every IBE must have not less than $300,000 of unencumbered assets or acceptable financial securities.

     Pursuant to the IBE Act and the IBE Regulations, the Westernbank IBE must maintain books and records of all its transactions in the ordinary course of business. The Westernbank IBE also is required thereunder to submit to the Puerto Rico Commissioner quarterly and annual reports of its financial condition and results of operations, including annual audited financial statements.

     The IBE Act empowers the Puerto Rico Commissioner to revoke or suspend, after notice and hearing, a license issued thereunder if, among other things, the IBE fails to comply with the IBE Act, the IBE Regulations or the terms of its license, or if the Puerto Rico Commissioner finds that the business or affairs of the IBE are conducted in a manner that is not consistent with the public interest.

     Pursuant to the provisions of Act No. 13 of January 8, 2004, for taxable years commencing after June 30, 2003, the net income earned by an IBE that operates as a unit of a bank under the Puerto Rico Banking Law, will be considered taxable and subject to income taxes at the current

26


Table of Contents

tax rates in the amount by which the IBE taxable income exceeds 40% in the first applicable taxable year (2004), 30% in the second year (2005) and 20% thereafter, of the taxable income of Westernbank, including its IBE taxable income. Westernbank’s IBE carries on its books a significant amount of securities which are, irrespective of the IBE status, tax exempt by law. Moreover, the Act provides that IBE’s operating as subsidiaries will continue to be exempt from the payment of income taxes. At December 31, 2004, management estimated that the provisions of this new Act did not have an effect in the Company’s financial position or results of operations. As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and for the years then ended, substantially all of Westernbank International’s business activities have consisted of investment in securities and purchasing of loans. Note 23 (page 118) to the audited consolidated financial statements presents further information about the Company’s business segments.

     PRIVACY. Under the GLB Act, all financial institutions, including the Company, Westernbank and Westernbank Insurance Corp., are required to adopt privacy policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties at the customer’s request, and establish procedures and practices to protect customer data from unauthorized access. The Company and its subsidiaries have developed such policies and procedures, and the Company believes these policies and procedures are in compliance with all privacy provisions of the GLB Act.

     ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING. On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA Patriot Act. Title III of the USA Patriot Act requires financial institutions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act, which applies to Westernbank, or the BHC Act, which applies to the Company. The Company and its subsidiaries, including Westernbank, have adopted systems and procedures to comply with the USA Patriot Act and regulations adopted thereunder by the Secretary of the Treasury.

     REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY. The enforcement powers available to federal banking regulators include, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, to require written agreements and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities. Federal law requires, except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the federal banking agencies. In addition, the FRB may take various other informal actions.

     THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) implements a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies (including publicly-held financial holding companies such as the Company) designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate America. Sarbanes-Oxley’s principal provisions, many of which have been interpreted through regulations released in 2003, provide for and include, among other things: (i) the creation of an independent accounting oversight board; (ii) auditor independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (iii) additional corporate governance and responsibility measures, including the requirement that the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of a public company certify financial statements; (iv) the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; (v) an increase in the oversight of, and enhancement of certain requirements relating to, audit committees of public companies and how they interact with the Company’s independent auditors; (vi) requirements that audit committee members must be independent and are barred from accepting consulting, advisory or other compensatory fees from the issuer; (vii) requirements that companies disclose whether at least one member of the audit committee is a ‘financial expert’ (as such term is defined by the SEC) and if not discussed, why the audit committee does not have a financial expert; (viii) expanded disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions by insiders and a prohibition on insider trading during pension blackout periods; (ix) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on nonpreferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; (x) disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code; and (xi) a range of enhanced penalties for fraud and other violations.

CAPITAL, DIVIDENDS, STOCK SPLIT AND OPTION PLANS

     Total stockholders’ equity as a measure of capital increased by $253.2 million in 2004 and by $243.7 million in 2003.

     In June 1998, Westernbank issued 1,219,000 shares of its 7.125% Non-cumulative, Convertible Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock amounted to $29.1 million, net of $1.3 million of issuance costs. Each share is convertible, at the holder’s option, at any time on or after the 90th date following the issue date, into .995 shares

27


Table of Contents

of the Company’s common stock, subject to adjustment upon certain events. The per share conversion ratio equates to a price of $25.125 per share of common stock, as adjusted. At December 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding 520,752 shares of its 7.125% Non-cumulative, Convertible Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A.

     In April and June 1999, Westernbank issued 2,001,000 shares of its 7.25% Non-cumulative, Non-convertible Monthly Income Series B Preferred Stock, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock amounted to $48.3 million, net of $1.8 million of issuance costs.

     On March 7, 2000, the Company’s board of directors adopted the policy of paying dividends on a monthly basis. Initial dividend payment under this policy, were applied retroactively for dividends corresponding to the first three-month period ending March 31, 2000. Thereafter, dividends on common stock and preferred stock are being paid on the 15th day of each month for stockholders of record as of the last day of the previous month.

     In March and April 2001, the Company issued 2,208,000 shares of its 7.60% Non-cumulative, Non-convertible Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series C, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock amounted to $53.1 million, net of $2.1 million of issuance cost.

     In August 2001, the Company issued 1,791,999 shares of its 7.40% Non-cumulative, Non-convertible Monthly Income Preferred Stock Series D, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock amounted to $43.2 million, net of $1.6 million of issuance cost.

     On June 17, 2002, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of June 28, 2002, and distributed on July 10, 2002. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of $20.8 million.

     During 2002, the Company issued 6,095,000 and 1,725,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, respectively, providing a net capital infusion of $98.0 million and $41.5 million, respectively.

     During 2003, the Company issued 4,232,000 and 2,640,000 shares of the Company’s Series F and Series G Preferred Stock, respectively, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share, providing a net capital infusion of $102.2 million and $63.7 million, respectively.

     During 2003 and 2002, the Company acquired and retired shares of common stock as follows: $33,000 (1,903 shares) in 2003 and $42,000 (1,678 shares) in 2002. No shares were acquired and retired during 2004.

     On November 4, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003, and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of approximately $34.7 million.

     On November 11, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a two percent (2%) stock dividend, for stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003, and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease to retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of approximately $35.2 million, $33.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

     In December 2004 and in January 2005, the Company issued 2,675,500 and 401,300 shares, respectively, of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock, with a liquidation price of $50 per share, providing a net capital infusion of $148.7 million.

     On December 6, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of December 31, 2004, and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of approximately $54.6 million.

     On December 13, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a two percent (2%) stock dividend, for stockholders of record as of December 30, 2004, and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease to retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of approximately $45.8 million, $43.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

28


Table of Contents

     Total common stock cash dividends declared in 2004 amounted to $23.5 million compared to $18.3 million in 2003.

     On January 3, 2005, the Company issued 401,300 shares of its 2004 Series H preferred stock over-allotment option to the underwriter. The preferred shares were issued at a price of $50.00 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of the 2004 Series H preferred stock amounted to $19,433,000, net of $632,000 of issuance costs.

     On January 20, 2005, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in its annual dividend payments to stockholders for 2005 to $0.19 per share. This represents an increase of 32.14% over the dividends paid in 2004.

     On February 10, 2005, one of the Company’s executive officer exercised 35,113 options under the Company’s 1999 Qualified Option Plan at an exercise price of $2.85.

     The Company may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time at the following redemption prices, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning July 1 for 1998 Series A, May 28 for 1999 Series B, March 30 for the 2001 Series C, August 1 for the 2001 Series D, October 31 for 2002 Series E, May 30 for 2003 Series F, August 29 for 2003 Series G and December 21 for 2004 Series H of the years indicated below, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, for the current period to the date of redemption:

                                                                 
    Redemption Price per Share  
December 31,   Series A     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series E     Series F     Series G     Series H  
 
2005
    25.25       25.50                                      
2006
    25.00       25.00     $ 25.50     $ 25.50                          
2007
    25.00       25.00       25.25       25.25     $ 25.50                    
2008
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.25     $ 25.50     $ 25.50        
2009
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.25       25.25     $ 51.00  
2010
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       50.50  
2011 and thereafter
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       50.00  

     Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H Preferred Stocks rank senior to the Company’s common stock as to dividends and liquidation rights. Dividends declared on preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to $27.2 million and $21.6 million, respectively.

     The Company has two stock option plans, the 1999 Qualified Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Qualified Option Plan”) and the 1999 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Nonqualified Option Plan”), for the benefit of employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. These plans offer to key officers, directors and employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the 1999 Qualified Option Plan, options for up to 14,747,670 shares (as adjusted) of common stock can be granted. Also, options for up to 14,747,670 shares (as adjusted) of common stock, reduced by any share issued under the 1999 Qualified Option Plan can be granted under the 1999 Nonqualified Option Plan. The option price for both plans is determined at the grant date. Both plans will remain in effect for a term of 10 years. The Board of Directors has sole authority and absolute discretion as to the number of stock options to be granted, their vesting rights, and the options’ exercise price. The options become fully exercisable after five years following the grant date. The Plans provide for a proportionate adjustment in the exercise price and the number of shares that can be purchased in the event of a stock split, reclassification of stock and a merger or reorganization.

29


Table of Contents

     The activity in outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, is set forth below:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average  
    Number of     Exercise     Number of     Exercise     Number of     Exercise  
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
Beginning of year
    4,862,723     $ 4.62       3,678,250     $ 7.01       2,370,500     $ 10.06  
 
                                               
Transactions before stock split and stock dividend:
                                               
Options granted
                                   
Options exercised
    (214,750 )     4.52       (500,000 )     6.67              
Options forfeited
                                   
 
                                   
 
    4,647,973       4.62       3,178,250       7.06       2,370,500       10.06  
 
                                               
Stock split and stock dividend effect
    2,463,425       3.02       1,684,473       4.62       1,185,250       6.70  
 
                                               
Transactions after stock split and stock dividend:
                                               
Options granted
                            122,500       15.85  
Options exercised
                                   
Options forfeited
                                   
 
                                   
End of year
    7,111,398     $ 3.02       4,862,723     $ 4.62       3,678,250     $ 7.01  
 
                                   

     For more information, please refer to Note 17 (page 107) to the audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in Part II, Item 8.

COMMONWEALTH TAXATION

     GENERAL. Under the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated tax returns. The Company, Westernbank and Westernbank Insurance, Corp. (the “Companies”) report their income and expenses based on the accrual basis of accounting and file their Puerto Rico tax returns on a calendar year basis.

     INCOME TAXES. The Companies are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax on income earned from all sources up to a maximum rate of 39%.

     The Puerto Rico income tax act disallows any interest deduction which is allocable to income earned from tax exempt obligations acquired after December 31, 1987. For purposes of the above determination, each company is required to allocate interest expense to exempt interest income based on the ratio that the average exempt obligations bear to the total average assets of each company.

     The Companies are also subject to an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) equal to 22% of the alternative minimum taxable income. The alternative minimum taxable income is equal to each Company’s taxable income adjusted for certain items. The principal adjustments for determining each company’s alternative minimum taxable income are the following: (i) no deduction may be claimed with respect to the company’s interest expense allocable to interest income derived from tax exempt obligations acquired before January 1, 1988, other than mortgages guaranteed by the government of Puerto Rico, its agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions, issued before September 1, 1987; and (ii) the alternative minimum taxable income is increased by 50% of the amount by which the corporation’s book income (adjusted for certain items) exceeds its alternative minimum taxable income without regard to this adjustment.

     The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations. The Companies income taxes were based on regular income tax rates.

30


Table of Contents

     The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code provides a dividend received deduction of 100% on dividends received from wholly owned subsidiaries subject to income taxation in Puerto Rico, like Westernbank and Westernbank Insurance Corp.

     Westernbank World Plaza, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Westernbank, elected to be treated as a special partnership under the Code; accordingly, its taxable income is taxed by Westernbank.

     For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company had approximately $80.7 million of regular taxable income, on which it is required to pay current income tax of $31.5 million. The income on certain investments is exempt for income tax purposes. Also, activities relating to the Westernbank International division are exempt for income tax purposes, subject to certain limitation. As a result of the above, the Company’s effective tax rate is substantially below the statutory rate.

     Westernbank International operates as an International Banking Entity (IBE) under Puerto Rico Act No. 52, of August 11, 1989, as amended, known as the International Banking Regulatory Act. Under Puerto Rico tax law, an IBE can hold non-Puerto Rico assets, and earn interest on these assets, as well as generate fee income outside of Puerto Rico on a tax-exempt basis under certain circumstances. Pursuant to the provisions of Act No. 13 of January 8, 2004, for taxable years commencing after June 30, 2003, the net income earned by an IBE that operates as a unit of a bank under the Puerto Rico Banking Law, will be considered taxable and subject to income taxes at the current tax rates in the amount by which the IBE taxable income exceeds 40% in the first applicable taxable year (2004), 30% in the second year (2005) and 20% thereafter, of the taxable income of Westernbank, including its IBE taxable income. Westernbank’s IBE carries on its books a significant amount of securities which are, irrespective of the IBE status, tax exempt by law. Moreover, the Act provides that IBE’s operating as subsidiaries will continue to be exempt from the payment of income taxes. At December 31, 2004, management estimated that the provisions of the Act did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     Any change in these tax laws or other regulations, whether by applicable regulators or as a result of legislation subsequently enacted by the Congress of the United States or the applicable local legislatures, may have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     We make available free of charge, through our investor relations section at our website, http://www.wholding.com/, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

     The public may read and copy any materials the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at its web site (http://www.sec.gov). In addition, our Internet website, in the Investor Relations Section, also includes our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers, the charters of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Corporate Governance Guidelines of our Board of Directors. We also make available in print to any stockholder who requests them copies of our corporate governance principles, and the charters of each standing committee of our board of directors. Requests for copies of these documents should be directed to Mr. César A. Ruiz, Secretary, W Holding Company, Inc., P.O. Box 1180, Mayagüez, Puerto Rico 00681. To the extent required by SEC rules, we intend to disclose any amendments to our code of conduct and ethics, and any waiver of a provision of the code with respect to the company’s directors, principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our web site referred to above within five business days following any such amendment or waiver, or within any other period that may be required under SEC rules from time to time.

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company owns the condominium offices space housing its main offices at 19 West McKinley Street, Mayagüez, Puerto Rico. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank owned approximately 13 branch premises and other facilities, nine (9) lots for future development, and one office building, all of them located in Puerto Rico. In addition, as of such date, Westernbank leased properties for branch operations in approximately 44 locations in Puerto Rico.

     At December 31, 2004, the Company’s future rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases aggregated $7.6 million, not considering renewal options.

     The principal property owned by Westernbank for banking operations and other services is described below:

  •   Westernbank World Plaza - a 23-story office building located at Puerto Rico’s main business district and which serves as Westernbank San Juan metropolitan area headquarters, our regional commercial lending office and the headquarters for the Westernbank Business Credit and Expresso of Westernbank divisions. The book value of this property at December 31, 2004, was $51.5 million.

     The Company’s investment in premises and equipment, exclusive of leasehold improvements, at December 31, 2004, was $85.7 million. The combined net book value of the Company’s main offices as of December 31, 2004 was $969,000.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Except as described below, there are no material pending legal proceedings other than ordinary routine legal proceedings incidental to the business of the Company to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject or of which any of their property is the subject.

     The Company has received from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) notice of a formal order of private investigation into matters that were the subject of a previously announced informal inquiry by the SEC. As previously disclosed, the inquiry appears to be primarily related to the other-than-temporary impairment charges announced by the Company in April 2003 in connection with its investments in corporate bond and loan obligations. The Company is cooperating fully with the SEC and will continue to do so. The Company does not expect to comment further regarding this matter, as the formal order is a confidential document directing a non-public investigation.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     Not applicable.

32


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

     The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing sale prices of the Company’s common stock, as quoted in the NYSE system, at the end of each quarter for 2004 and 2003. The prices reflect inter-dealer quotations, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions and do not necessarily represent actual transactions:

                 
Quarter Ended   High (1) (2)     Low (1) (2)  
December 2004
  $ 15.41     $ 11.74  
September 2004
    12.46       10.60  
June 2004
    12.33       10.29  
March 2004
    13.75       11.95  
 
               
December 2003
  $ 12.44     $ 7.69  
September 2003
    8.28       7.21  
June 2003
    8.84       5.99  
March 2003
    7.88       6.82  


(1)   Adjusted to reflect a three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on the Company’s common stock declared on December 6, 2004 and December 13, 2004, respectively, both distributed on January 10, 2005, and the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend declared on November 4, 2003 and November 11, 2003, respectively, both distributed on December 10, 2003.
 
(2)   Prices in table are rounded.

     As of December 31, 2004, the Company had 566 stockholders of record of its Common Stock, not including beneficial owners whose shares are held in record names of brokers or other nominees. The last sales price for the Company’s Common Stock on such date, as quoted on NYSE was $15.29 per share (as adjusted).

     On November 4, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two stock split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003, and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of $34.7 million.

     On November 11, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a 2% stock dividend, for stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003, and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease to retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of $35.2 million, $33.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

     On December 6, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two stock split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of December 31, 2004, and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of $54.6 million.

     On December 13, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a 2% stock dividend, for stockholders of record as of December 30, 2004, and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease to retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of $45.8 million, $43.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

     On January 15, 2004, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in its annual dividend payments to stockholders for 2004 to $0.14 per share (as adjusted). This represents an increase of 26.31% over the dividends paid in 2003.

     On January 20, 2005, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in its annual dividend payments to stockholders for 2005 to $0.19 per share. This represents an increase of 32.14% over the dividends paid in 2004.

33


Table of Contents

     The Company’s cash dividends corresponding to 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

             
RECORD DATE   PAYABLE DATE   AMOUNT PER SHARE (1)(2)
YEAR 2004            
January 31, 2004
  February 17, 2004     $0.01198  
February 29, 2004
  March 15, 2004     0.01198  
March 31, 2004
  April 15, 2004     0.01198  
April 30, 2004
  May 17, 2004     0.01198  
May 31, 2004
  June 13, 2004     0.01198  
June 30, 2004
  July 15, 2004     0.01198  
July 31, 2004
  August 16, 2004     0.01198  
August 31, 2004
  September 15, 2004     0.01198  
September 30, 2004
  October 15, 2004     0.01198  
October 29, 2004
  November 15, 2004     0.01198  
November 30, 2004
  December 15, 2004     0.01198  
December 31, 2004
  January 18, 2005     0.01198  
           
Total
        $0.14376  
           
             
YEAR 2003            
January 31, 2003
  February 15, 2003     $0.00783  
February 28, 2003
  March 15, 2003     0.00961  
March 31, 2003
  April 15, 2003     0.00961  
April 30, 2003
  May 15, 2003     0.00961  
May 30, 2003
  June 13, 2003     0.00961  
June 30, 2003
  July 15, 2003     0.00961  
July 31, 2003
  August 15, 2003     0.00961  
August 29, 2003
  September 15, 2003     0.00961  
September 30, 2003
  October 15, 2003     0.00961  
October 31, 2003
  November 14, 2003     0.00961  
November 28, 2003
  December 15, 2003     0.00961  
December 31, 2003
  January 15, 2004     0.00987  
           
Total
        $0.11380  
           


(1)   Adjusted to reflect a three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on the Company’s common stock declared on December 6, 2004 and December 13, 2004, respectively, both distributed on January 10, 2005, and the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend declared on November 4, 2003 and November 11, 2003, respectively, both distributed on December 10, 2003.
 
(2)   Prices in table are rounded to five decimal cents.

     Information concerning legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company and Westernbank is contained under the caption “Dividend Restrictions” in Part I, Item 1.

     The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, generally imposes a withholding tax on the amount of any dividends paid by Puerto Rico corporations to individuals, whether residents of Puerto Rico or not, trusts, estates, and special partnerships at a special 10% withholding tax rate. Dividends distributed by Puerto Rico corporations to foreign corporations or partnerships not engaged in trade or business in Puerto Rico are also generally subject to withholding tax at a 10% rate. Prior to the first dividend distribution for the taxable year, such shareholders may elect to be taxed on the dividends at the regular rates, in which case the special 10% tax will not be withheld from such year’s distributions.

34


Table of Contents

     United States citizens who are non-residents of Puerto Rico will not be subject to Puerto Rico tax on dividends if said individual’s gross income from sources within Puerto Rico during the taxable year does not exceed $1,300 if single, or $3,000 if married, and form AS 2732 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Department “Withholding Tax Exemption Certificate for the Purpose of Section 1147” is filed with the withholding agent. U.S. income tax law permits a credit against the U.S. income tax liability, subject to certain limitations, for certain foreign income taxes paid or deemed paid with respect to such dividends.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K, and the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected historical consolidated financial data as of the end of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2004, are derived from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements which have been audited by the Company independent registered public accounting firm.

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
Income Statement Data:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 591,376     $ 461,894     $ 385,734     $ 343,335     $ 290,587  
Interest expense
    291,842       222,586       219,413       218,269       192,137  
     
Net interest income
    299,534       239,308       166,321       125,066       98,450  
Provision for loan losses
    (36,691 )     (27,048 )     (15,083 )     (12,278 )     (8,700 )
     
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    262,843       212,260       151,238       112,788       89,750  
Noninterest income
    31,233       6,646       24,743       18,181       13,868  
Noninterest expenses
    (100,125 )     (84,821 )     (73,917 )     (60,310 )     (53,216 )
     
Income before income taxes
    193,951       134,085       102,064       70,659       50,402  
Income taxes
    22,086       20,771       16,101       8,504       5,814  
     
Net income
    171,865       113,314       85,963       62,155       44,588  
 
                                       
Preferred stock dividends
    27,158       21,593       13,774       10,264       5,799  
     
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 144,707     $ 91,721     $ 72,189     $ 51,891     $ 38,789  
     
Share Data:
                                       
Basic earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.89     $ 0.57     $ 0.48     $ 0.36     $ 0.27  
Diluted earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.86     $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.36     $ 0.27  
Cash dividend declared per common share (1)(2)
  $ 0.14     $ 0.11     $ 0.09     $ 0.07     $ 0.05  
Period end number of common shares outstanding (1)
    163,919       162,624       159,992       145,721       145,727  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (1)
    163,348       160,734       150,712       145,727       146,178  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis (1)
    170,443       165,330       152,491       146,139       146,178  
Cash dividends declared on common shares
  $ 23,502     $ 18,322     $ 14,045     $ 10,375     $ 8,307  
Dividends payout ratio
    16.24 %     19.97 %     19.46 %     19.99 %     21.42 %

35


Table of Contents

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
Performance ratios:
                                       
Return on assets (3)
    1.33 %     1.15 %     1.22 %     1.22 %     1.17 %
Return on common stockholders’ equity (3)
    28.55       22.79       25.39       27.49       24.75  
Efficiency ratio
    30.51       31.75       39.15       41.97       47.14  
Operating expenses to total end-of-period assets
    0.70       0.74       0.90       1.02       1.25  
Net yield on interest-earning assets
    2.40       2.55       2.35       2.63       2.75  
 
                                       
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 14,336,662     $ 11,519,440     $ 8,205,077     $ 5,888,194     $ 4,260,857  
Federal funds sold and resell agreements
    1,017,303       649,852       459,147       156,133       169,309  
Investments securities held to maturity, securities available for sale and trading securities
    6,929,260       5,778,790       3,661,944       2,656,066       1,686,654  
Loans-net
    5,941,233       4,683,118       3,754,357       2,838,404       2,203,660  
Total liabilities
    13,254,983       10,690,931       7,620,329       5,500,285       4,010,239  
Total deposits
    6,231,211       5,385,476       4,298,744       3,233,912       2,636,695  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    6,683,527       5,046,045       3,097,341       2,059,646       1,179,073  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,081,679       828,509       584,748       387,909       250,618  
 
                                       
Capital Ratios:
                                       
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
    15.70 %     14.87 %     13.83 %     12.65 %     11.73 %
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets
    14.78       13.98       12.93       11.64       10.65  
Tier I capital to average assets
    7.72       7.22       7.21       7.17       6.02  
Equity-to-asset ratio (3)
    7.39       7.16       6.90       6.29       6.21  
 
                                       
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
Total non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale as a percentage of total assets at end of period
    0.27 %     0.31 %     0.28 %     0.29 %     0.28 %
Total non-performing loans as a percentage of loans at end of period
    0.57       0.66       0.51       0.49       0.43  
Net loans charged-off to average total loans (4)
    0.34       0.29       0.19       0.23       0.19  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period
    1.33       1.30       1.24       1.33       1.29  
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    233.64       197.17       242.80       271.83       298.53  


(1)   Adjusted to reflect a three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on the Company’s common stock declared in December 2004, both distributed on January 10, 2005; the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend declared in November 2003, both distributed on December 10, 2003; and the three-for-two stock split declared in June 2002 and distributed on July 10, 2002.
 
(2)   Cash dividends amounts are rounded.
 
(3)   The return on assets is computed dividing net income by average total assets for the period. The return on common stockholders’ equity is computed by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by average common stockholders’ equity for the period. The equity-to-asset ratio is computed by dividing average equity by average total assets. Average balances have been computed using beginning and period-end balances.
 
(4)   Average balances were computed using beginning and period-end balances.

36


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and Notes thereto and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002

OVERVIEW

     Total assets at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $14.34 billion, $11.52 billion, and $8.21 billion, respectively. This growth was driven by increases in the Company’s loan and investment portfolios. Loans receivable-net grew by $1.26 billion for the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared to the previous year, resulting from the Company’s continued strategy of growing its commercial loan portfolio through commercial real estate, asset-based, unsecured business and construction lending, as well as its consumer loan portfolios. The investment portfolio, excluding money market instruments, increased $1.15 billion, from $5.78 billion in 2003, to $6.93 billion in 2004. The investment portfolio was $3.66 billion at December 31, 2002. Total deposits reached $6.23 billion, from $5.39 billion at December 31, 2003, and $4.30 billion at year end 2002.

     Net income was $171.9 million, $113.3 million and $86.0 million and earnings per basic common share were $0.89 ($0.86 on a diluted basis), $0.57 ($0.55 on a diluted basis) (split and stock dividend adjusted), and $0.48 ($0.47 on a diluted basis) (split and stock dividend adjusted) for the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. This increase in net income was primarily the result of strong loan and investment securities growth, maintaining strong asset quality and expense control and resulting in returns on average assets (“ROA”) of 1.33%, 1.15% and 1.22% and returns on average common stockholders’ equity (“ROCE”) of 28.55%, 22.79%, and 25.39% for the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INTEREST INCOME

     The Company’s principal source of earnings is its net interest income. This is the difference between interest income on loans and invested assets (“interest-earning assets”) and its interest expense on deposits and borrowings, including federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements and advances from the FHLB (“interest-bearing liabilities”). Loan origination and commitments fees, net of related costs, are deferred and amortized over the life of the related loans as a yield adjustment. Gains or losses on the sale of loans and investments, service charges, fees and other income, also affect income. In addition, the Company’s net income is affected by the level of its non-interest expenses, such as the provision for loan losses, compensation, employees’ benefits, occupancy costs, other operating expenses and income taxes.

     The main objective of the Company’s asset-liability management program is to invest funds judiciously and reduce interest rate risks while optimizing net income and maintaining adequate liquidity levels. The Company uses several tools to manage the risks associated with the composition and repricing of assets and liabilities. Therefore, management has followed a conservative practice inclined towards the preservation of capital with adequate returns. The Company’s Investment Committee, which includes the entire Board of Directors and senior management, is responsible for the asset-liability management oversight. The Investment Department is responsible for implementing the policies established by the Investment Committee.

     2004 VERSUS 2003. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $299.5 million, an increase of $60.2 million, or 25.17%, from $239.3 million for the prior year. The increase in 2004 was the result of increases in interest income from loans and investment securities, mainly in tax-exempt securities, which was partially offset by increases in interest expense on deposits and on federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements.

37


Table of Contents

     Average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased by $3.10 billion or 33.06%, compared to the previous year, primarily driven by a rise in the average loan portfolio of $1.12 billion, particularly due to increases in the portfolio of commercial real estate, construction and in the other commercial loans portfolio, and an increase of $1.77 billion or 38.67% in the average investment portfolio, mainly in tax-exempt securities, such as U.S. Government and agencies obligations. Notwithstanding, average yields decreased from 4.92% in year 2003, to 4.74% for the year ended 2004. The decrease in the average yield was mainly due to a lower average yield earned on the loans portfolio, primarily due to a higher volume of commercial real estate loans and other commercial loans with floating rates. The decrease in the average yield earned on the loans portfolio was partially offset by higher reinvestment rates on matured and called securities, and higher yields earned in money market instruments. Reinvestment rates for new securities were higher when compared to the previous periods, except for the last quarter of 2004, as the U.S. Treasury yield curve initially steepened ahead of the reaction by the Federal Reserve which started to increase interest rates in the second week of August 2004. As a result of this lagging factor, yields earned on floating rate loans were not adjusted as fast as on investment securities since the Prime Rate (an index used by Westernbank to re-price most of its loans) was raised at a slower pace following the Federal Reserve action. More recently, during last quarter of 2004, reinvestment rates decreased, primarily due to the flattening of the U.S. Treasury yield curve.

     The impact of the strong growth in average interest-earning assets was in part offset by an increase in the average interest-bearing liabilities of $2.95 billion or 33.49% for the year 2004, when compared to 2003. The overall cost of funds decreased from 2.53% in 2003, to 2.48% in 2004, mainly due to certain liabilities that became due during the current year that were of longer terms and higher costs. These liabilities were part of the strategy in previous periods of increasing the maturities of a portion of Westernbank’s liabilities in anticipation of rising interest rates. As explained in the preceding paragraph, cost of rates for deposits adjusted immediately as the LIBOR rate (an index used by Westernbank to re-price its deposits) increased by market conditions following the change in the U.S. Treasury yield curve. Interest-bearing deposits grew in average by $1.14 billion during the year 2004, while other borrowings in average (federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and advances from FHLB) increased by $1.81 billion for the same period.

     The Company’s net yield on interest-earning assets decreased 15 basis points in 2004, to 2.40%. The decrease in the net interest margin was mainly attributed to a decrease in our loan portfolio yield and an increase in the rate paid in our deposits. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in the investment securities yield and a decrease in the rate paid in our borrowings, as previously explained.

     2003 VERSUS 2002. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $239.3 million, an increase of $73.0 million, or 43.88%, from $166.3 million for the same period in previous year. The increase in 2003 was the result of increases in interest income from loans, investment securities and money market instruments, which was partially offset by increases in interest expense on deposits and repurchase agreements.

     Average interest-earning assets for the year ended 2003 increased by $2.29 billion or 32.33%, compared to the same period in previous year, primarily driven by a rise in the average loan portfolio of $963.0 million, particularly a very diversified growth from all lines of loans and an increase of $1.33 billion or 35.21% in the average investment portfolio, mainly U.S. Government and agencies obligations and mortgage-backed securities. Notwithstanding, average yields decreased from 5.44% in year 2002 to 4.92% for the year ended 2003. The decrease on average yields was primarily due to continued low market interest rates affecting our loan repricing, primarily our commercial loan portfolio with floating rates and the reinvestment rates on matured, called and purchased securities.

     The impact of the strong growth in average interest-earning assets was in part offset by an increase in the average interest-bearing liabilities of $2.16 billion or 32.53% for the year 2003 when compared to 2002. In order to offset such increase, the Company managed its liability costs carefully, decreasing the overall cost of rates paid from 3.30% in 2002 to 2.53% in 2003, while continuing to offer competitive rates. Interest-bearing deposits grew in average by $1.08 billion during the year 2003, while other borrowings in average (principally federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements) increased by $1.08 billion for the same period.

     The Company’s net yield on interest-earning assets increased 20 basis points in 2003 to 2.55%, in spite of industry wide interest margin compression pressures.

38


Table of Contents

     The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, as well as in a normal and tax equivalent basis. Average balances are daily average balances. The yield on the securities portfolio is based on average historical cost balances and does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of consolidated shareholders’ equity.

                                                                         
  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
    2004     2003     2002  
            Average balance     Average             Average balance     Average             Average balance     Average  
    Interest     (1)     Yield / Rate     Interest     (1)     Yield / Rate     Interest     ( 1)     Yield / Rate  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Normal Spread:
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans, including loan fees (2)
  $ 322,164     $ 5,401,955       5.96 %   $ 275,848     $ 4,278,468       6.45 %   $ 220,676     $ 3,315,514       6.66 %
Investment securities (3)
    212,213       5,400,997       3.93       134,273       3,571,299       3.76       112,759       2,600,210       4.34  
Mortgage and asset- backed securities (3)
    37,489       935,421       4.01       40,140       998,257       4.02       44,848       859,991       5.21  
Money market instruments
    19,510       745,828       2.62       11,633       534,444       2.18       7,451       314,633       2.37  
 
                                                     
Total
    591,376       12,484,201       4.74       461,894       9,382,468       4.92       385,734       7,090,348       5.44  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Deposits
    143,860       5,909,274       2.43       114,755       4,768,490       2.41       114,374       3,690,242       3.10  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    141,414       5,676,595       2.49       101,652       3,891,972       2.61       98,233       2,815,608       3.49  
Advances from FHLB
    6,568       164,245       4.00       6,037       137,838       4.38       6,202       120,008       5.17  
Other borrowings
                      142       3,698       3.85       604       15,469       3.90  
 
                                                     
Total
    291,842       11,750,114       2.48       222,586       8,801,998       2.53       219,413       6,641,327       3.30  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 299,534                     $ 239,308                     $ 166,321                  
 
                                                                 
Interest rate spread
                    2.26 %                     2.39 %                     2.14 %
 
                                                                 
Net interest-earning assets
          $ 734,087                     $ 580,470                     $ 449,021          
 
                                                                 
Net yield on interest-earning assets (4)
                    2.40 %                     2.55 %                     2.35 %
 
                                                                 
Interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities ratio
            106.25 %                     106.59 %                     106.76 %        
 
                                                                 
Tax Equivalent Spread:
                                                                       
Interest-earnings assets
  $ 591,376     $ 12,484,201       4.74 %   $ 461,894     $ 9,382,468       4.92 %   $ 385,734     $ 7,090,348       5.44 %
Tax equivalent adjustment
    53,555             0.43       31,522             0.34       23,704             0.33  
 
                                                     
Interest-earning assets - tax equivalent
    644,931       12,484,201       5.17       493,416       9,382,468       5.26       409,438       7,090,348       5.77  
 
                                                     
Interest-bearing liabilities
    291,842     $ 11,750,114       2.48       222,586     $ 8,801,998       2.53       219,413     $ 6,641,327       3.30  
 
                                                     
Net interest income
  $ 353,089                     $ 270,830                     $ 190,025                  
 
                                                                 
Interest rate spread
                    2.69 %                     2.73 %                     2.47 %
 
                                                                 
Net yield on interest- earning assets (4)
                    2.83 %                     2.89 %                     2.68 %
 
                                                                 


(1)   Average balance on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is computed using daily monthly average balances during the periods.
 
(2)   Average loans exclude non-performing loans. Loans fees, net amounted to $10.6 million; $8.7 million and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
 
(3)   Includes trading and available for sale securities.
 
(4)   Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

39


Table of Contents

     The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the increase (decrease) related to higher outstanding balances and the volatility of interest rates.

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2004 vs. 2003     2003 vs. 2002  
    Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  
                    (In thousands)                  
Interest income:
                                               
Loans
  $ 64,831     $ (18,515 )   $ 46,316     $ 61,842     $ (6,670 )   $ 55,172  
Investment securities (1)
    71,641       6,299       77,940       33,413       (11,899 )     21,514  
Mortgage and asset-backed securities (1)
    (2,519 )     (132 )     (2,651 )     11,103       (15,811 )     (4,708 )
Money market instruments
    5,216       2,661       7,877       4,828       (646 )     4,182  
 
                                   
Total increase (decrease) in interest income
    139,169       (9,687 )     129,482       111,186       (35,026 )     76,160  
 
                                   
Interest expense:
                                               
Deposits
    27,757       1,348       29,105       1,618       (1,237 )     381  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    44,217       (4,455 )     39,762       9,985       (6,566 )     3,419  
Advances from FHLB
    972       (441 )     531       6,304       (6,469 )     (165 )
Other borrowings
    (142 )           (142 )     (453 )     (9 )     (462 )
 
                                   
Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
    72,804       (3,548 )     69,256       17,454       (14,281 )     3,173  
 
                                   
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
  $ 66,365     $ (6,139 )   $ 60,226     $ 93,732     $ (20,745 )   $ 72,987  
 
                                   


(1)   Includes trading and available for sale securities.

     PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

     The 2004 provision for loan losses was $36.7 million, an increase of $9.6 million from 2003. Net charge-offs during 2004 amounted to $18.2 million, which when subtracted from the provision for loan losses of $36.7 million resulted in a net increase in the allowance for loan losses of $18.5 million. The provision for the year ended 2003 was $27.0 million, an increase of $12.0 million from the year ended December 31, 2002. Net charge-offs during 2003 amounted to $12.5 million, which when subtracted from the provision for loan losses of $27.0 million resulted in a net increase in the allowance for loan losses of $14.5 million.

     The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of various conditions as the existing general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas; terms, nature and volume of the portfolio, credit quality trends including trends in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions, evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, collateral values, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans and delinquency trends, among other factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Although no assurance can be given, management believes that the present allowance for loan losses is adequate considering loss experience, delinquency trends and current economic conditions. Management regularly reviews the Company’s loan loss allowance as its loan portfolio grows and diversifies. For a more detailed discussion of the factors affecting the provision for loan losses and changes in the underlying factors affecting the components of the Allowance for Loan Losses refer to “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses” and to Part I, Item I, “Business – Allowance for Loan losses” on page 8.

     The increase in the provision for loan losses from 2003 to 2004 was mainly attributable to the overall growth in the Company’s loan portfolio, particularly its commercial real estate loan portfolio, the loan portfolio of its asset-based lending division, Westernbank Business Credit, and the provision associated with the loan portfolio of the Expresso of Westernbank. The provision for loan losses for the commercial loan portfolio grew by $8.7 million or 78.47%, from 2003 to 2004. This was primarily due to the increase in the loan portfolio of Westernbank Business Credit and the strong growth of the Company’s commercial real estate loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses for Westernbank Business Credit accounted for $6.0 million or 30.35% of the total provision for loan losses

40


Table of Contents

in the commercial loan portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2004, while for year 2003, it accounted for $2.1 million or 12.43% of the total provision for loan losses in the commercial loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses for the consumer loan portfolio grew by $262,000, from 2003 to 2004. The slight increase was primarily due to the relatively stable delinquency levels at the regular consumer loans portfolio and the decrease in the loan portfolio of the Expresso of Westernbank. The decrease in the Expresso of Westernbank loan portfolio was mainly due to management’s strategy of stabilizing charge-offs as the division portfolio matures and average yield continue to increase.

     At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses was $80.1 million or 1.33% of total loans, and 233.64% of total non-performing loans (reserve coverage), compared to an allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2003 of $61.6 million or 1.30% of total loans, and 197.17% of total non-performing loans. The reserve coverage increased from 197.17% in 2003, to 233.64% in 2004. The increase was principally due to the increase in the allowance for loan losses, as a result of increases in the commercial real estate loans portfolio and other commercial loans portfolio, particularly the loan portfolio of Westernbank Business Credit.

     During 2004, net charge-offs amounted to $18.2 million, an increase of $5.7 million from $12.6 million in 2003. Net charge-offs to average loans increased to 0.34% in 2004, compared to 0.29% in 2003. Accounts amounting to $22.2 million were written-off against the allowance for loan losses in 2004, compared to $14.9 million in 2003, an increase of $7.3 million. The increase in net charge-offs was primarily due to loans charged-off in the ordinary course of business, mainly in our consumer loan portfolio. The increase in consumer loans charged-off for the year ended December 31, 2004, was principally due to loans charged-off by the Expresso of Westernbank Division amounting to $12.4 million, compared to charge-offs of $7.9 million for 2003. The accounts written-off are submitted to the Collections Department recovery unit for continued collection efforts. Recoveries made from accounts previously written-off amounted to $4.0 million in 2004 and $2.3 million in 2003.

     The increase in the provision for loan losses from 2002 to 2003 was primarily attributed to the overall strong growth in the Company’s loan portfolio and particularly those of Westernbank’s newest Divisions: Westernbank Business Credit and Expresso of Westernbank. The provision for loan losses for the commercial loan portfolio grew by $988,000 or 9.80%, from 2002 to 2003. This was primarily due to the increase in the loan portfolio of Westernbank Business Credit and the strong growth of the Company’s commercial real estate loans portfolio. The provision for loan losses for Westernbank Business Credit accounted for $2.1 million in 2003 and $1.5 million in 2002 of the total provision for loan losses in the commercial loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses for the consumer loan portfolio grew by $9.4 million or 124.39%, from 2002 to 2003. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the average outstanding loan portfolio of the Expresso of Westernbank, in addition to the strong growth of the Company’s other consumer loan (principally collateralized by real estate) portfolio.

     During 2003, net charge-offs amounted to $12.5 million, an increase of $6.2 million, from $6.3 million in 2002. Net charge-offs to average loans increased to 0.29% in 2003 compared to 0.19% in 2002. Accounts amounting to $14.9 million were written-off against the allowance for loan losses in 2003, compared to $8.0 million in 2002, an increase of $6.9 million. The increase in net charge-offs was primarily due to loans charged-off in the ordinary course of business in our consumer loan portfolio. The increase in consumer loans charged-off for the year ended December 31, 2003, was principally due to loans charged-off by the Expresso of Westernbank Division amounting to $7.9 million, compared to write offs of $62,000 for 2002 (Expresso of Westernbank began operations in July 2002). The accounts written-off are submitted to the Collections Department recovery unit for continued collection efforts. Recoveries made from accounts previously written-off amounted to $2.3 million in 2003 and $1.6 million in 2002.

     NONINTEREST INCOME

     Noninterest income, excluding derivative transactions and net gain (loss) on sales and valuation of loans, securities and other assets, grew $780,000, during the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared to $27.8 million in year 2003. Noninterest income also grew $5.3 million or 23.67% during the year ended December 31, 2003, when compared to $22.5 million in year 2002. The increases for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were primarily driven by higher activity associated with service charges on loans and deposit accounts and other fees, including fees associated to the trust division, insurance commissions earned by Westernbank Insurance Corp., and fees generated by the asset-based lending operation as well as increases in other areas resulting from the Company’s overall growing volume of business. The increase in other income for 2003 was partially offset by a net loss on sales and valuation of loans, securities and other assets of $22.7 million ($17.0 million net of tax) recorded during the first half of year 2003, related to the corporate bond and loan obligations (“CBO’s” and “CLO’s”) portfolio liquidated on June 6, 2003. See Note 3 – Investment Securities (page 85) – to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8, and Financial Condition - Investments section on page 50.

41


Table of Contents

     NONINTEREST EXPENSES

     Total noninterest expenses increased $15.3 million or 18.04% and $10.9 million or 14.75% in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     Salaries and employees’ benefits accounted for the majority of such increase, rising $4.5 million or 13.23% for the year 2004, as compared to the corresponding period in 2003, which also increased $5.8 million or 20.78% from $28.0 million during 2002. Such increases are attributed to the continued expansion of the Company, including increases in personnel, normal salary increases and related employees’ benefits, principally attributed to our continued expansion in the San Juan Metropolitan area. At December 31, 2004, the Company had 1,175 full-time employees, including its executive officers, an increase of 83 employees or 7.60%, when compared to the prior year. New personnel and additional infrastructure were added to support the continued expansion of the Company. At December 31, 2002, the Company had 1,031 full-time employees, including its executive officers, increasing to 1,092 employees by the end of year 2003.

     Advertising expense increased $3.8 million or 56.88% for the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared to $6.7 million in year 2003. Advertising expense for year 2002 amounted to $6.9 million. The increase in 2004 was principally due to various radio, newspaper and television campaigns promoting Westernbank’s institutional image and positioning the Company for its strategy in the San Juan Metropolitan area, as well as 2004 promotional campaigns for several Westernbank’s products.

     Noninterest expenses, as a group, excluding salaries and employees’ benefits and advertising, increased $7.0 million or 15.85%, during the year ended December 31, 2004, from $44.3 million in 2003, to $51.3 million in 2004, compared to an increase of $5.2 million or 13.44%, from $39.0 million in 2002. These increases resulted primarily from costs associated with the additional investment in technology and general infrastructure to sustain and coordinate the Company’s growth and expansion in all of its business areas.

     The Company continued its strict cost control measures, maintaining operating expenses at adequate levels, as evidenced by its improving efficiency ratios of 30.51%, 31.75% and 39.15% for the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     Under Puerto Rico income tax laws, the Company is required to pay the higher of an alternative minimum tax of 22% or regular statutory rates raging from 20% to 39%. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2004 amounted to $22.1 million, compared to $20.8 million in 2003 and $16.1 million in 2002. The current provision for Puerto Rico income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2004 amounted to $28.2 million, compared to $29.3 million in 2003 and $18.6 million in 2002. The increase in the income before the provision for income taxes in 2004 includes an increase in the Company’s exempt interest income derived from a significant investment in tax exempt securities, primarily in U.S. Government and Agencies Obligations, the interest of which is exempt under Puerto Rico income tax laws. Also, activities relating to the Westernbank International division are exempt from income tax purposes. As a result, the Company’s effective tax rate is substantially below the statutory rate, being 11.00%, 15.00% and 16.00% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year 2004 is attributable to the significant increase in the Company’s exempt interest income. The 15.00% and 16.00% effective tax rate for the years 2003 and 2002, respectively, was attributable to higher levels of taxable income resulting from new lines of business commenced in 2001 and 2002. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of credit, operating and capital losses carryforwards, and “temporary differences” between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases. The deferred income tax credit decreased in 2004 and increased in 2003, since in 2003 the Company recorded a deferred income tax asset related to a capital loss carryforward on the liquidation of the Company’s CBO’s and CLO’s portfolio which is available to offset capital gains in future years (See Note 11 – Income Taxes (page 98) – to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8).

     NET INCOME

     The Company’s net income increased $58.6 million or 51.67% from 2003 to 2004 and $27.4 million or 31.82% from 2002 to 2003. The increase in both years resulted from an increase in net interest income and noninterest income, which was partially offset by increases in total noninterest expenses, in the provisions for loan losses and income taxes. Net income for the year 2003 was affected by the net loss of $22.7 million ($17.0 million net of tax) recorded in the first semester of 2003, relating to the Company’s investment in CBO’s and CLO’s.

42


Table of Contents

     FINANCIAL CONDITION

     LOANS

     Loans receivable-net were $5.94 billion or 41.44% of total assets at December 31, 2004, an increase of $1.26 billion, or 26.86%, from December 31, 2003. Loans, net were $4.68 billion or 40.65% of total assets at December 31, 2003, increasing $928.8 million or 24.74%, from $3.75 billion or 45.76% of total assets at December 31, 2002.

     The Company continues to focus on growing its commercial loans portfolio through commercial real estate, construction loans, asset-based lending and other commercial loans. As a result, the portfolio of real estate loans secured by first mortgages increased from $2.67 billion as of December 31, 2002, to $3.36 billion as of December 31, 2003, further increasing to $4.39 billion as of December 31, 2004. Commercial real estate loans secured by first mortgages were $3.15 billion at December 31, 2004, an increase of $893.2 million or 39.50% from December 31, 2003. Commercial real estate loans secured by first mortgages were $2.26 billion at December 31, 2003, an increase of $613.9 million or 37.26%, from $1.65 billion at December 31, 2002. Consumer loans (including credit cards, loans on deposits and other loans) and commercial loans (principally collateralized by other than real estate) increased from $1.13 billion as of December 31, 2002, to $1.39 billion as of December 31, 2003, to $1.64 billion as of December 31, 2004.

     Westernbank’s commercial real estate and other loans are primarily variable and adjustable rate products. Commercial loan originations come from existing customers as well as through direct solicitation and referrals. Westernbank offers different types of consumer loans, including secured and unsecured products, in order to provide a full range of financial services to its retail customers. In addition, Westernbank offers VISA ™ and Master Card ™ accounts to its customers.

     During the past five years, loans have grown at an average annualized rate of 26.07%. As of December 31, 2004, commercial loans were 66.03% (80.40% collateralized by real estate) and consumer loans were 14.59% (67.50% collateralized by real estate) of the $5.94 billion loan portfolio-net, compared to commercial loans of 59.49% (81.16% collateralized by real estate) and consumer loans of 18.40% (60.51% collateralized by real estate) of the $4.68 billion loan portfolio-net as of December 31, 2003. This has enabled Westernbank to shift its asset composition to assets with shorter maturities and greater repricing flexibility. The Company has also continued to diversify Westernbank’s sources of revenue, while maintaining its status as a secured lender, with approximately 83% of its loans collateralized by real estate as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank Business Credit and Expresso of Westernbank divisions’ loan portfolios amounted to $831.1 million and $144.0 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the average yields of Westernbank Business Credit and the Expresso of Westernbank loan portfolios were 6.21% and 5.50%, and 20.34% and 18.41%, respectively.

     The following table sets forth the composition of the Westernbank’s loans portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                                                                 
    At December 31,
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
                                    (Dollars in thousands)                                  
Residential real estate:
                                                                               
Mortgage
  $ 902,937       15.2 %   $ 894,007       19.1 %   $ 844,803       22.5 %   $ 847,462       29.9 %   $ 781,213       35.5 %
Construction
    328,145       5.5       202,600       4.3       181,266       4.8       117,957       4.2       80,905       3.7  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural (1):
                                                                               
Real estate
    3,154,679       53.1       2,261,465       48.3       1,647,602       38.9       1,115,700       39.3       887,084       40.2  
Business and others
    768,604       12.9       524,747       11.2       384,200       15.2       378,696       13.3       99,483       4.5  
 
                                                                               
Consumer and others (2)
    866,934       14.6       861,907       18.4       743,600       19.8       416,953       14.7       383,903       17.4  
 
                                                           
Total loans
    6,021,299       101.3       4,744,726       101.3       3,801,471       101.3       2,876,768       101.4       2,232,588       101.3  
 
                                                                               
Allowance for loan losses
    (80,066 )     (1.3 )     (61,608 )     (1.3 )     (47,114 )     (1.3 )     (38,364 )     (1.4 )     (28,928 )     (1.3 )
 
                                                           
Loan - net
  $ 5,941,233       100.0 %   $ 4,683,118       100.0 %   $ 3,754,357       100.00 %   $ 2,838,404       100.00 %   $ 2,203,660       100.00 %
 
                                                           


(1)   Includes $831.1 million, $641.1 million, $427.7 million and $255.8 million of Westernbank Business Credit division outstanding loans at December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Westernbank Business Credit began operations in 2001.
 
(2)   Includes $144.0 million, $155.6 million and $117.4 million of Expresso of Westernbank division outstanding loans at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Expresso of Westernbank began operations on July 10, 2002.

     Residential real estate mortgage loans are mainly comprised of loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residential properties. At December 31, 2004, residential mortgage loans included $11.6 million of mortgages insured or guaranteed by government agencies of the United States or Puerto Rico.

43


Table of Contents

     Westernbank originated $1.70 billion of commercial real estate loans, including asset-based and construction loans, during the year ended December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, commercial real estate loans totaled $3.15 billion. In general, commercial real estate loans are considered by management to be of somewhat greater risk of uncollectibility than residential lending because such loans are typically larger in size and more risk is concentrated in a single borrower. In addition, the borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan or a construction loan depends, in the case of a commercial loan, on the successful operation of the business or the property securing the loan and, in the case of a construction loan, on the successful completion and sale or operation of the project. Substantially all of the Company’s borrowers and properties and other collateral securing the commercial, real estate mortgage and consumer loans are located in Puerto Rico. These loans may be subject to a greater risk of default if the Puerto Rico economy suffers adverse economic, political or business developments, or if natural disasters affect Puerto Rico. Foreign loans amounted to $2.2 million at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, the Company maintained its status as a secured lender, with approximately 83% of its loans collateralized by real estate.

     The portfolio of Consumer and Other loans at December 31, 2004, consisted of consumer loans of $866.9 million, of which $585.2 million are secured by real estate, $252.1 million are unsecured consumer loans (consisting of $132.0 million of the Expresso of Westernbank division loans portfolio, credit card loans of $53.3 million and other consumer loans of $66.8 million) and loans secured by deposits in Westernbank totaling $29.6 million.

     During 2004, Westernbank securitized $7.5 million and $3.3 million of residential mortgage loans into Government National Mortgage Association and Fannie Mae participation certificates, respectively, and sold loans amounting to $22.0 million to Fannie Mae. Westernbank continues to service outstanding loans which are securitized and those individually sold to Fannie Mae.

     The following table summarizes the contractual maturities of Westernbank’s total loans for the periods indicated at December 31, 2004. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the actual term of a loan, including prepayments.

                                                 
            Maturities  
                    After one year to five years     After five years  
                    (In thousands)              
    Balance outstanding at     One year or     Fixed     Variable     Fixed     Variable  
    December 31, 2004     less     interest     interest     interest     interest  
Residential real estate:
                                               
Mortgage
  $ 902,937     $ 2,303     $ 16,636     $     $ 218,050     $ 665,948 (1)
Construction
    328,145       153,171             174,974              
Commercial, industrial and agricultural:
                                               
Real estate
    3,154,679       1,023,502       311,937       273,272       77,233       1,468,735  
Business and others
    768,604       547,083       28,184       43,015       6,447       143,875  
Consumer and others
    866,934       114,429       201,569             550,936        
 
                                   
Total
  $ 6,021,299     $ 1,840,488     $ 558,326     $ 491,261     $ 852,666     $ 2,278,558  
 
                                   


(1)   Includes $600.8 million of purchased fixed rate loans in which seller guarantees the Company a return at a floating rate of interest (three month LIBOR plus a spread). See Note 19 - On-Balance Sheet Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (page 109) - to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8.

     Westernbank’s loan originations come from a number of sources. The primary sources for residential loan originations are depositors and walk-in customers. Commercial loan originations come from existing customers as well as through direct solicitation and referrals.

     Westernbank originates loans in accordance with written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures prescribed in the Board of Directors approved loan policies. Detailed loan applications are obtained to determine the borrower’s repayment ability. Applications are verified through the use of credit reports, financial statements and other confirmation procedures. Property valuations by independent appraisers approved by the Board of Directors are required for mortgage and all real estate loans.

44


Table of Contents

     Westernbank’s Senior Credit Committee approval is required for all loans in excess of $5.0 million ($15.0 million in the case of Westernbank Business Credit Division). The Senior Credit Committee also reviews and ratifies all loans from $1.0 million, to $5.0 million approved by Westernbank’s regional credit committees. The Senior Credit Committee is composed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior lending officers. All loans in excess of $5.0 million ($15.0 million for Westernbank Business Credit Division) approved by the Senior Credit Committee are also reviewed and ratified by the Board of Directors. All loans in excess of $50.0 million require the approval of the Board of Directors.

     It is Westernbank’s policy to require borrowers to provide title insurance policies certifying or ensuring that Westernbank has a valid first lien on the mortgaged real estate. Borrowers must also obtain hazard insurance policies prior to closing and, when required by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, flood insurance policies. Borrowers may be required to advance funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to a mortgage escrow account from which Westernbank makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes, hazard insurance premiums and private mortgage insurance premiums as they fall due.

     Westernbank originates most of its residential real estate loans as conforming loans, eligible for sale in the secondary market. The loan-to-value ratio at the time of origination on residential mortgages is generally 75%, except that Westernbank may lend up to 90% of the lower of the purchase price or appraised value of residential properties if private mortgage insurance is obtained by the borrower for amounts in excess of 80%.

     Westernbank originates fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans secured by a first mortgage on the borrower’s real property, payable in monthly installments for terms ranging from ten to forty-five years. Adjustable rates are indexed to specified prime or LIBOR rate. All 30 year conforming mortgages are originated with the intent to sell. In addition to its residential loan originations, Westernbank also purchases residential first mortgage loans from other mortgage originators in Puerto Rico. During the year ended December 31, 2004, Westernbank purchased $250.1 million of such loans.

     Westernbank originates primarily variable and adjustable rate commercial business and real estate loans. Westernbank also makes real estate construction loans subject to firm permanent financing commitments. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s commercial loan portfolio had a total delinquency ratio, including the categories of 60 days and over, of 0.55% (less than 1%), compared to 0.84% (less than 1%) at December 31, 2003. For further explanation on the delinquency ratio of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio refer to section “NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE HELD FOR SALE” on next page.

     Westernbank offers different types of consumer loans in order to provide a full range of financial services to its customers. Within the different types of consumer loans offered by Westernbank, there are various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans with varying amortization schedules. In addition, Westernbank makes fixed-rate residential second mortgage consumer loans. In July 2002, Westernbank launched a new banking division focused on offering consumer loans through 19 full-service branches, called “Expresso of Westernbank”, denoting the branches’ emphasis on small, unsecured consumer loans up to $15,000 and collateralized consumer loans up to $150,000.

     Westernbank offers the service of VISA™ and Master Card™ credit cards. At December 31, 2004, there were approximately 24,324 outstanding accounts, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $53.3 million and unused credit card lines available of $95.4 million.

     In connection with all consumer loans originated, Westernbank’s underwriting standards include a determination of the applicants’ payment history on other debts and an assessment of the ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s consumer loan portfolio, including the Expresso of Westernbank loan portfolio, had a total delinquency ratio, including the categories of 60 days and over, of 1.03%, compared to 0.89% at December 31, 2003. The increase in the delinquency ratio from 2003 to 2004 was mainly due to an increased number of delinquencies in regular consumer loans past due over 90 days which are collateralized by real estate properties.

     Westernbank has 83% of its loan portfolio as of December 31, 2004, secured by real estate. Our combined delinquency on all portfolios for the categories of 60 days and over continues to be below our benchmark of 1% for both periods, being 0.57% at December 31, 2004, and 0.74% at December 31, 2003.

45


Table of Contents

     NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE HELD FOR SALE

     When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, Westernbank attempts to cure the deficiency by contacting the borrower. In most cases, deficiencies are cured promptly. If the delinquency exceeds 90 days and is not cured through normal collection procedures, Westernbank will generally institute measures to remedy the default. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not cured, paid in full or refinanced, the property is sold at a judicial sale at which Westernbank may acquire the property. In the event that the property is sold at a price insufficient to cover the balance of the loan, the debtor remains liable for the deficiency. Thereafter, if Westernbank acquires the property, such acquired property is appraised and included in the foreclosed real estate held for sale account at the fair value at the date of acquisition. Then, this asset is carried at the lower of fair value less estimated costs to sell or cost until the property is sold.

     The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, but in no event is it recognized after 90 days in arrears on payments of principal or interest. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is charged against income and the loan is accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Generally, a loan is returned to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal payments become current in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement or when the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection and collectibility is no longer doubtful.

     The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale by Westernbank at the dates indicated:

                                         
    December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
  $ 25,417     $ 24,142     $ 13,567     $ 7,947     $ 6,140  
Consumer loans
    7,122       4,845       3,812       3,431       1,733  
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    1,730       2,259       2,026       2,735       1,817  
 
                             
Total non-performing loans
    34,269       31,246       19,405       14,113       9,690  
Foreclosed real estate held for sale
    3,811       4,082       3,679       3,013       2,454  
 
                             
Total non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale
  $ 38,080     $ 35,328     $ 23,084     $ 17,126     $ 12,144  
 
                             
 
                                       
Interest that would have been recorded if the loans had not been classified as non-performing
  $ 3,557     $ 2,500     $ 1,102     $ 1,123     $ 979  
 
                             
Interest recorded on non-performing loans
  $ 243     $ 583     $ 775     $ 1,716     $ 780  
 
                             
Total non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans at end of period
    0.57 %     0.66 %     0.51 %     0.49 %     0.43 %
 
                             
Total non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate held for sale as a percentage of total assets at end of period
    0.27 %     0.31 %     0.28 %     0.29 %     0.28 %
 
                             

     The increase in non-performing loans from year end 2003, to year end 2004 was mostly attributed to one commercial loan with a principal balance of $1.5 million, collateralized by real estate. At December 31, 2004, this loan did not require a valuation allowance. At December 31, 2004, the allowance for possible loan losses was 233.64% of total non-performing loans (reserve coverage).

     The increase in non-performing loans from year end 2002, to year end 2003 was mostly attributed to eight commercial loans with principal balances of $1.6 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million, $1.0 million, and four other loans with outstanding principal balances below $1.0 million, all of which are collateralized by real estate. At December 31, 2003, two of these loans with outstanding balances of $1.1 million and $695,000, had a specific valuation allowance of $277,000 and $201,000, respectively. At December 31, 2003, the allowance for possible loan losses was 197.17% of total non-performing loans (reserve coverage).

46


Table of Contents

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     Westernbank maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing, quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio, based on evaluations of the collectibility and historical loss experience of loans. The Company follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. This methodology consists of several key elements, which include:

     The Formula Allowance. The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loans not otherwise covered by specific allowances. Loss factors are based on historical loss experience and may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, reflect the impact of any current condition on loss recognition. Factors that management considers in the analysis include the effect of the national and local economies, trends in the nature and volume of loans (delinquencies, charge-offs, non-accrual and problem loans), asset quality trends, changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards, collection practices, and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Company’s internal credit examiners. Loss factors are described as follows:

  •   Loan loss factors for commercial loans, including construction and land acquisition loans, are based on historical loss trends for three to five years, as adjusted for management’s expected increase in the loss factors given the significant increase in such loan portfolios over the last few years.
 
  •   Pooled loan loss factors are also based on historical loss trends for one to three years. Pooled loans are loans that are homogeneous in nature, such as consumer installment, residential mortgage loans and credit cards.

     Specific Allowances for Identified Problem Loans and Portfolio Segments. Specific allowances are established and maintained where management has identified significant adverse conditions or circumstances related to a credit or portfolio segment that management believes indicate the probability that a loss has been incurred in excess of the amount determined by the application of the formula allowance. Larger commercial and construction loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to Westernbank.

     In addition, the specific allowance incorporates the results of measuring impaired loans as provided in SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as amended. This accounting standard prescribes the measurement methods, income recognition and disclosures concerning impaired loans.

     The Unallocated Allowance. An unallocated allowance is established recognizing the estimation risk associated with the formula and specific allowances. It is based upon management’s evaluation of various conditions, the effects of which are not directly measured in determining the formula and specific allowances. These conditions include then-existing general economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas; credit quality trends, including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, regulatory examination results, and findings of our internal credit examiners. The evaluation of the inherent loss regarding these conditions involves a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem credits or portfolio segments.

     Management assesses these conditions quarterly. If any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of this condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to this credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the probable loss concerning this condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance.

     The allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount actually observed for these losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. Our methodology includes several features that are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses. Historical loss factors for commercial and consumer loans may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, reflect the impact of any current condition on loss recognition. Factors which management considers in the analysis include the effect of the national and local economies, trends in the nature and volume of loans (delinquencies, charge-offs, non-accrual and problem loans), changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards, collection practices, and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Bank’s internal credit examiners. Loan loss factors are adjusted quarterly based upon the level of net charge-offs expected by management in the next twelve months, after taking into account historical loss ratios adjusted for current trends. By assessing the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis, we are able to adjust specific and inherent loss estimates based upon any more recent information that has become available.

47


Table of Contents

     At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses was $80.1 million, consisting of $71.2 million general allowance (including the unallocated allowance) and $8.9 million of specific allowances. As of December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan losses equals 1.33% of total loans and 233.64% of total non-performing loans, compared with an allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2003 of $61.6 million, or 1.30% of total loans, and 197.17% of total non-performing loans.

     As of December 31, 2004, there have been no significant changes in estimation methods or assumptions that affected our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

     The table below presents a reconciliation of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

                                         
    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
  (Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364     $ 28,928     $ 23,978  
 
                             
Loans charged-off:
                                       
Consumer loans (1)
    (16,473 )     (12,203 )     (4,576 )     (3,840 )     (4,760 )
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    (5,433 )     (2,479 )     (3,389 )(2)     (2,970 )     (372 )
Real estate-mortgage and construction loans
    (297 )     (184 )           (228 )     (231 )
 
                               
Total loans charged-off
    (22,203 )     (14,866 )     (7,965 )     (7,038 )     (5,363 )
 
                             
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
                                       
Consumer loans (3)
    1,920       799       858       996       795  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    1,844       1,141       584       133       594  
Real estate-mortgage and construction loans
    206       372       190       175       224  
 
                             
Total recoveries of loans previously charged-off
    3,970       2,312       1,632       1,304       1,613  
 
                             
Net loans charged-off
    (18,233 )     (12,554 )     (6,333 )     (5,734 )     (3,750 )
Provision for loan losses
    36,691       27,048       15,083       12,278       8,700  
Allowance acquired on loans purchased
                      2,892        
 
                             
Balance, end of period
  $ 80,066     $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364     $ 28,928  
 
                             
Ratios:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period
    1.33 %     1.30 %     1.24 %     1.33 %     1.29 %
Provision for loan losses to net loans charged-off
    201.23 %     215.45 %     238.17 %     214.13 %     232.00 %
Recoveries of loans to loans charged-off in previous period
    26.71 %     29.03 %     23.19 %     24.31 %     21.92 %
Net loans charged-off to average total loans (4)
    0.34 %     0.29 %     0.19 %     0.23 %     0.19 %
Allowance for loans losses to non-performing loans
    233.64 %     197.17 %     242.80 %     271.83 %     298.53 %


(1)   Includes $12.4 million, $7.9 million and $62,000 of Expresso of Westernbank charge-offs, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Expresso of Westernbank began operations on July 10, 2002.
 
(2)   Includes $505,000 in 2002 of Westernbank Business Credit division, consisting of one loan originally acquired in the purchased loan portfolio from Congress Credit Corporation, a subsidiary of First Union National Bank N.A. on June 15, 2001. This loan was fully reserved at the acquisition date.
 
(3)   Includes $1.0 million and $17,000 of Expresso of Westernbank recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
 
(4)   Average loans were computed using beginning and period-end balances.

48


Table of Contents

     The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for credit losses, the loan portfolio composition percentage and the allowance coverage ratio in each loan category to total loans, as set forth in the “Loans” table on page 43, at the end of each year.

                                         
    AT DECEMBER 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    (Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for credit losses:
                                       
 
                                       
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans (1)
  $ 58,208     $ 41,400     $ 31,671     $ 24,397     $ 16,273  
Consumer loans (2)
    19,425       17,472       12,004       8,203       7,194  
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    407       415       443       494       526  
Unallocated
    2,026       2,321       2,996       5,270       4,935  
 
                             
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 80,066     $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364     $ 28,928  
 
                             
 
                                       
Loan portfolio composition percentages:
                                       
 
                                       
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    65.15 %     58.72 %     53.45 %     51.95 %     44.19 %
Consumer loans
    14.40 %     18.17 %     19.56 %     14.49 %     17.20 %
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    20.45 %     23.11 %     26.99 %     33.56 %     38.61 %
 
                             
Total loans
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
 
                             
 
                                       
Allowance coverage ratio at end of year:
                                       
 
                                       
Applicable to:
                                       
 
                                       
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans
    1.48 %     1.49 %     1.56 %     1.63 %     1.65 %
Consumer loans
    2.24 %     2.03 %     1.61 %     1.97 %     1.87 %
Residential real estate mortgage and construction loans
    0.03 %     0.04 %     0.04 %     0.05 %     0.06 %
Unallocated (as a percentage of total loans)
    0.03 %     0.05 %     0.08 %     0.18 %     0.22 %
 
                             
Total loans
    1.33 %     1.30 %     1.24 %     1.33 %     1.29 %
 
                             


(1)   Includes an allowance of $6.0 million, $6.6 million, $4.5 million and $3.1 million for Westernbank Business Credit loans at December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Westernbank Business Credit began operations in 2001.
 
(2)   Includes an allowance of $13.8 million, $10.0 million and $1.5 million for Expresso of Westernbank loans portfolio at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Expresso of Westernbank began operations on July 10, 2002.

     Loans are classified as impaired or not impaired in accordance with SFAS No. 114. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Westernbank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the agreement.

     Westernbank measures the impairment of a loan based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Significant loans (those exceeding $500,000 in 2004 and 2003, and $250,000 in 2000 to 2002) are individually evaluated for impairment. Large groups of small balance, homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment; loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market are not evaluated for impairment. The portfolios of mortgage and consumer loans are considered homogeneous and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

49


Table of Contents

     Impaired loans for which the discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price exceeds its carrying value do not require an allowance. The allowance for impaired loans is part of the Company’s overall allowance for loan losses.

     The following table sets forth information regarding the investment in impaired loans:

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
                    (In thousands)                  
Investment in impaired loans:
                                       
 
Covered by a valuation allowance
  $ 29,975     $ 28,217     $ 26,074     $ 21,996     $ 8,040  
Do not require a valuation allowance
    24,200       22,088       24,515       20,482       4,834  
 
                             
Total
  $ 54,175     $ 50,305     $ 50,589     $ 42,478     $ 12,874  
 
                             
 
                                       
Valuation allowance for impaired loans
  $ 8,412     $ 4,646     $ 4,752     $ 4,181     $ 1,157  
 
                             
 
                                       
Average investment in impaired loans
  $ 46,509     $ 46,676     $ 46,147     $ 20,293     $ 11,873  
 
                             
 
                                       
Interest collected and recognized as income on impaired loans
  $ 2,460     $ 2,452     $ 4,041     $ 1,716     $ 780  
 
                             

     At December 31, 2004, Westernbank’s investment in impaired loans increased by $3.9 million or 7.14%, from $50.3 million as of December 31, 2003. The increase was mainly attributed to a newly classified loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $10.9 million for which an allowance of $500,000 was established at December 31, 2004.

     At December 31, 2003, Westernbank’s investment in impaired loans remained relatively stable when compared to year 2002, although the loans comprising the balance may have changed. At December 31, 2002, Westernbank’s investment in impaired loans increased $8.1 million or 19.09%, from $42.5 million as of December 31, 2001, to $50.6 million as of December 31, 2002. This increase was principally attributed to four newly classified loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of approximately $13.0 million as of December 31, 2002. All loans are collateralized by real estate and required a combined valuation allowance of $823,000.

INVESTMENTS

     The Company’s investments are managed by the Investment Department. Purchases and sales are required to be reported monthly to the Investment Committee (composed of members of the Board of Directors, as well as the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer).

     The Investment Department is authorized to purchase and sell federal funds, interest bearing deposits in banks, banker’s acceptances of commercial banks insured by the FDIC, mortgage and asset-backed securities, Puerto Rico and U.S. Government and agency obligations, municipal securities rated A or better by any of the nationally recognized rating agencies, commercial paper and corporate notes rated P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc or A-1 by Standard and Poor’s, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. In addition, the Investment Department is responsible for the pricing and sale of deposits and repurchase agreements.

     At the date of purchase, the Company classifies debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held to maturity; trading; or available for sale. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed. Investments in debt securities for which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and stated at cost increased by accretion of discounts and reduced by amortization of premiums, both computed by the interest method. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Securities not classified as either held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses reported, net of income tax, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

     The Company’s investment strategy is affected by both the rates and terms available on competing investments and tax and other legal considerations.

50


Table of Contents

     Federal funds sold and resell agreements amounted to $341.9 million and $675.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2004. Federal funds sold mature the next business day, while resell agreements mature as follows: $125.4 million the next business day, $200.0 million in 2009, and $350.0 million in 2010. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral when the fair value of the underlying collateral falls below the collateral requirement. At December 31, 2004, the fair value of the underlying collateral amounted to $692.1 million.

     The following table presents the carrying value of investments at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Held to maturity :
               
US Government and agencies obligations
  $ 6,004,849     $ 4,463,493  
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations
    34,822       34,500  
Commercial paper
    25,000       174,976  
Corporate notes
    26,418       51,409  
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
    830,290       999,332  
 
           
Total
    6,921,379       5,723,710  
 
           
Available for sale:
               
Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO’s)
    7,881       49,910  
Equity securities - preferred stock
          5,170  
 
           
Total
    7,881       55,080  
 
           
Total investments
  $ 6,929,260     $ 5,778,790  
 
           

Mortgage and asset-backed securities at December 31, 2004 and 2003, consists of:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Available for sale:
               
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)
  $ 6,116     $ 29,948  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)
    1,765       19,962  
 
           
Total available for sale
    7,881       49,910  
 
           
 
               
Held to maturity:
               
Government National Mortgage Association certificates
    9,881       9,753  
FHLMC certificates
    5,663       7,297  
FNMA certificates
    3,642       4,542  
CMO’s certificates issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    706,632       885,408  
CMO’s certificates issued or guaranteed by FNMA
    104,441       84,322  
CMO’s other
    31       168  
Asset-backed securities
          7,842  
 
           
Total held to maturity
    830,290       999,332  
 
           
Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
  $ 838,171     $ 1,049,242  
 
           

     At December 31, 2004, no investment of a single issuer (in aggregate balance) exceeded 10% of the consolidated stockholders’ equity.

51


Table of Contents

     The carrying amount of investment securities at December 31, 2004, by contractual maturity (excluding mortgage and asset-backed securities), are shown below:

                 
    Carrying     Weighted  
    amount     average yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
US Government and agencies obligations:
               
Due within one year
  $ 99,921       2.20 %
Due after one year through five years
    4,108,423       3.90  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,796,505       4.12  
Due after ten years
           
 
           
 
    6,004,849       3.94  
 
           
 
               
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations:
               
Due within one year
    3,000       4.75  
Due after one year through five years
    10,468       5.25  
Due after five years through ten years
    20,004       4.15  
Due after ten years
    1,350       6.15  
 
           
 
    34,822       4.61  
 
           
 
               
Other:
               
Due within one year
    25,000       2.95  
Due after one year through five years
    4,993       6.13  
Due after five years through ten years
           
Due after ten years
    21,425       8.33  
 
           
 
    51,418       5.50  
 
           
 
               
Total
    6,091,089       3.95  
 
               
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
    838,171       4.21  
 
           
Total
  $ 6,929,260       3.99 %
 
           

     The Company’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2004 had an average contractual maturity of 53 months, when compared to an average maturity of 63 months at December 31, 2003. The Company’s interest rate risk model takes into consideration the callable feature of certain investment securities. Assuming that all call features are exercised, the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004, had a remaining average contractual maturity of 10 months. However, no assurance can be given that such levels will be maintained in future periods.

     The Company evaluates for impairment its investment securities on a quarterly basis or earlier if other factors indicative of potential impairment exist. An impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income is recognized when the decline in the fair value of the securities below their cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers various factors in determining whether it should recognize an impairment charge, including, but not limited to the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been below its cost basis, the expectations for that security’s performance, the credit worthiness of the issuer, and the Company’s intention and ability to hold the security to maturity.

     The impairment analysis on the mortgage and asset-backed securities is done placing special emphasis on the analysis of the trustee and collateral manager monthly reports, on sensitivity and expected cash flow analyses made by major brokerage houses and on the credit worthiness of the issuer. The Company also considers its intent and ability to hold these securities. If management believes, based on the analysis, that the principal and interest obligations on any mortgage and asset-backed security will not be received in a timely manner, the security is written down to fair value based on available secondary market prices from broker/dealers.

     The equity securities and corporate notes impairment analyses are performed and reviewed quarterly based on the latest financial information and any supporting research report made by major brokerage houses. These analyses are subjective and based, among other things, on relevant financial data such as capitalization, cash flows, liquidity, systematic risk, and debt outstanding. Management also considers the industry trends, the historical performance of the stock, as well as the Company’s intent to hold the security. If management believes there is a low probability of achieving book value in a reasonable time frame, then an impairment is recorded by writing down the security to fair value.

52


Table of Contents

     In applying the foregoing analysis, management concluded that at March 31, 2003, its investments in corporate bond and loan obligations (“CBO’s and CLO’s”) were other-than-temporarily impaired. First, two tranches of a CBO with an amortized cost of $13.0 million were downgraded by two different rating agencies on April 3 and April 15, 2003. Second, the available secondary market prices for those two securities and the remaining portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s with a carrying value of $56.0 million continued to deteriorate. Management concluded, based on these facts and the secondary market prices, that a $15.7 million other-than-temporary impairment write-down adjustment was warranted. The same was recorded effective for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003. As of March 31, 2003, there were no defaults within the securities portfolio underlying the CBO’s and CLO’s. In connection with the write-down, and in accordance with applicable accounting pronouncements, management also reassessed its intent to hold to maturity and reclassified the securities related to the CBO’s that were downgraded as available for sale as of March 31, 2003.

     During the quarter ended June 30, 2003, the Company, based upon additional information available from trustees, further ratings downgrading, a default on the scheduled interest payment in one of the CBO tranches and further declines in quoted market prices for such investments, reclassified the remaining portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s to available for sale and subsequently on June 6, 2003 sold its entire portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s. The sale of the portfolio, with an original total investment of $62.9 million and adjusted to a fair value of $45.4 million as of March 31, 2003, was completed at an additional net loss of $7.0 million which was recorded during the quarter ended June 30, 2003.

     The Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, consisted principally of U.S. Government and agencies obligations, Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations, and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA or GNMA. There were no investment securities other than those referred to above in unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. These unrealized losses related to interest rate changes. Investment securities with prepayment provisions did not have significant unamortized premiums at December 31, 2004 and 2003. As the Company has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available for sale, no declines were deemed to be other-than-temporary at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

DEPOSITS

     Westernbank offers a diversified choice of deposit accounts. Savings deposits increased from $692.2 million as of December 31, 2003, to $829.4 million as of December 31, 2004, an increase of $137.2 million or 19.82%. Also, other deposits represented mainly by time deposits, brokered deposits and Individual Retirement Account deposits (IRA’s), increased from $4.69 billion as of December 31, 2003, to $5.40 billion as of December 31, 2004, an increase of $708.5 million or 15.09%. Other deposits include brokered deposits amounting to $4.16 billion and $3.51 billion as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These accounts have historically been a stable source of funds.

     At December 31, 2004, Westernbank had total deposits of $6.23 billion, of which $829.4 million or 13.31% consisted of savings deposits, $303.7 million or 4.87% consisted of interest bearing demand deposits, $249.4 million or 4.00% consisted of noninterest bearing deposits and $4.85 billion or 77.82% consisted of time deposits. Westernbank also offers negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, Super Now accounts, special checking accounts and commercial demand accounts.

     At December 31, 2004, the scheduled maturities of time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more are as follows:

         
    (In thousands)  
3 months or less
  $ 73,337  
over 3 months through 6 months
    27,324  
over 6 months through 12 months
    25,520  
over 12 months
    86,437  
 
     
Total
  $ 212,618  
 
     

53


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth the average amount and the average rate paid on the following deposit categories for the years ended December 31:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
    Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average  
    amount     rate     amount     rate     amount     rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Time deposits
  $ 4,617,785       2.64 %   $ 3,775,263       2.59 %   $ 2,889,649       3.40 %
Savings deposits
    784,589       2.14 %     605,854       2.15 %     509,114       2.46 %
Interest bearing demand deposits
    200,190       2.63 %     160,015       2.55 %     124,127       2.90 %
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
    306,710             227,358             167,352        
 
                                   
 
  $ 5,909,274       2.43 %   $ 4,768,490       2.41 %   $ 3,690,242       3.10 %
 
                                   

BORROWINGS

     The following table sets forth the borrowings of the Company at the dates indicated:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
            (In thousands)          
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements (1)
  $ 6,683,527     $ 5,046,045     $ 3,097,341  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)
    211,000       146,000       120,000  
Mortgage note payable
    36,858       37,234       37,822  
 
                 
 
  $ 6,931,385     $ 5,229,279     $ 3,255,163  
 
                 


(1)   Federal funds purchased amounted to $75.0 million at December 31, 2004, at a weighted average interest rate of 2.37%, and mature the next business day. No such borrowings were outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

     Westernbank has made use of institutional federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements in order to obtain funding, primarily through investment banks and brokerage firms. Repurchase agreements are collateralized with investment securities while federal funds purchased do not require collateral. Westernbank had $6.68 billion in federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2004, at a weighted average rate of 2.85%. Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2004, mature as follows: $4.33 billion within 30 days; $704.0 million in 2005; $47.5 million in 2006; $585.3 million in 2007; and $1.02 billion thereafter.

     Westernbank also obtains advances from FHLB of New York. As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank had $211.0 million in outstanding FHLB advances at a weighted average rate of 3.78%. Advances from FHLB mature as follows: $39.0 million within 30 days; $70.0 million in 2006; $60.0 million in 2007; and $42.0 million in 2010.

     At December 31, 2004, with respect to repurchase agreements amounting to $1.56 billion, the counterparties have the option to terminate the agreements at the first anniversary date and each interest payment date thereafter. Also, with respect to repurchase agreements and advances from FHLB amounting to $1.04 billion at December 31, 2004, at the first anniversary date and each quarter thereafter, the FHLB has the option to convert them into replacement funding for the same or a lesser principal amount based on any funding then offered by FHLB at the then current market rates, unless the interest rate has been predetermined between FHLB and the Company. If the Company chooses not to replace the FHLB’s funding, it will repay the convertible advances and repurchase agreements, including any accrued interest, on such optional conversion date.

     At December 31, 2004, Westernbank World Plaza, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Westernbank Puerto Rico, had outstanding $36.9 million of a mortgage note, at a fixed interest rate of 8.05% per year up to September 11, 2009. Subsequent to September 11, 2009, the mortgage note will bear interest on the then outstanding principal balance at a rate per year equal to the (1) greater of 13.05% or the Treasury

54


Table of Contents

Rate plus five percentage points or (2) 10.05%, depending on the fulfillment of certain conditions on the repricing date. Westernbank World Plaza has a prepayment option on the repricing date, without penalty. The mortgage note is collateralized by a 23-story office building, including its related parking facility, located in Hato Rey, Puerto Rico.

     A summary of short-term borrowings, including federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and advances from Federal Home Loan Bank, and interest rates at and for the year ended December 31, are indicated below:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Federal funds purchased:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 75,029     $     $  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.37 %     %     %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 23,753     $ 8,500     $ 418  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.95 %     1.34 %     2.15 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 95,005     $ 75,000     $ 418  
 
                       
Repurchase agreements:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 4,138,257     $ 1,648,891     $ 1,029,493  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.30 %     1.21 %     1.46 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 2,377,042     $ 1,093,921     $ 1,371,832  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.67 %     1.24 %     1.92 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 4,206,540     $ 1,717,184     $ 1,962,319  
 
                       
Advances from FHLB:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 25,000     $ 40,000     $  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.41 %     1.20 %     %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 21,250     $ 31,917     $  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.65 %     1.33 %     %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 50,000     $ 64,000     $  
 
                       
Total short-term borrowings:
                       
Balance at end of year
  $ 4,238,286     $ 1,688,891     $ 1,029,493  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.30 %     1.21 %     1.46 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 2,422,045     $ 1,134,338     $ 1,372,249  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.67 %     1.24 %     1.92 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 4,238,286     $ 1,832,184     $ 1,962,319  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     Stockholders’ equity increased to $1.08 billion as of December 31, 2004, compared to $828.5 million in 2003, and $584.7 million in 2002. The 2004 increase mainly resulted from the issuance of 2,675,500 shares of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock, with a liquidation preference of $50 per share, completed on December 21, 2004, providing a net capital infusion of $129.3 million, plus the net income of $171.9 million generated for the year, partially offset by total dividends declared during the year of $50.7 million on our common stock and preferred stock. The increase in 2003 mainly resulted from the issuance of 4,232,000 and 2,640,000 shares of the Company’s Series F and Series G Preferred Stock, with a liquidation preference of $25 per share, completed in June and August 2003, respectively, providing a net capital infusion of $102.2 million and $63.7 million, respectively, plus the net income of $113.3 million generated for the year, partially offset by total dividends declared during the year of $39.9 million on our common stock and preferred stock.

     On January 31, 2003, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase of its annual dividend payments to stockholders in 2003 to $0.11 per share (as adjusted). This represents an increase of 22.73% over the average dividends paid in 2002.

     On November 4, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two stock split, for all stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003, and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of $34.7 million.

55


Table of Contents

     On November 11, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a 2% stock dividend, for all stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003, and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease to retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of $35.2 million, $33.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

     During 2003, the Company issued 500,000 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by an executive officer of the Company.

     On January 15, 2004, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in its annual dividend payments to stockholders for 2004 to $0.14 per share (as adjusted). This represents an increase of 26.31% over the dividends paid in 2003.

     On December 6, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two stock split for all stockholders of record as of December 31, 2004, and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of $54.6 million.

     On December 13, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a 2% stock dividend, for all stockholders of record as of December 30, 2004, and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease to retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of $45.8 million, $43.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

     During 2004, the Company issued 214,750 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by three of the Company’s executive officers.

     On January 3, 2005, the Company issued 401,300 shares of its 2004 Series H preferred stock over-allotment option to the underwriter. The preferred shares were issued at a price of $50.00 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of the 2004 Series H preferred stock amounted to $19,433,000, net of $632,000 of issuance costs.

     On January 20, 2005, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase in its annual dividend payments to stockholders for 2005 to $0.19 per share. This represents an increase of 32.14% over the dividends paid in 2004.

     On February 10, 2005, one of the Company’s executive officer exercised 35,113 options under the Company’s 1999 Qualified Option Plan at an exercise price of $2.85.

     The number of common shares outstanding increased from 106,290,294 at the end of 2003, to 163,918,835 at December 31, 2004, principally as a result of the issuance of 56,781,960 common shares for the stock split and stock dividend declared in December 2004 and distributed both on January 10, 2005, the conversion of 276,994 shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock series A, into 631,831 shares of the Company’s common stock, and the issuance of 214,750 common shares from the exercise of stock options.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash to meet the funding needs of current loans demand; deposit withdrawals, principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding borrowings and to pay operating expenses. The Company monitors its liquidity in accordance with guidelines established by the Investment Committee and applicable regulatory requirements. The Company’s need for liquidity is affected by loan demand, net changes in deposit levels and the scheduled maturities of its borrowings. Liquidity demand caused by net reductions in deposits is usually caused by factors over which the Company has limited control. The Company derives its liquidity from both its assets and liabilities. Liquidity is derived from assets by receipt of interest and principal payments and prepayments, by the ability to sell assets at market prices and by utilizing unpledged assets as collateral for borrowings. At December 31, 2004, the Company had approximately $1.32 billion in securities and other short-term securities maturing or repricing within one year or available for sale. Additional asset-driven liquidity is provided by the remainder of the investment securities available for sale and securitized loans.

     Liquidity is derived from liabilities by maintaining a variety of funding sources, including deposits, advances from the FHLB of New York and other short and long-term borrowing, such as federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements. Other borrowings funding source limits are determined annually by each counterparty and depend on the Company’s financial condition and delivery of acceptable collateral securities. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. In addition, the Company utilizes the National Certificate of Deposit (“CD”) Market as a source of cost effective deposit funding in addition to local market deposit inflows. Depositors in this market consist of credit unions, banking institutions, CD brokers and some private corporations or non-profit organizations. Westernbank’s ability to acquire brokered deposits can be restricted if it becomes in the future less than well-capitalized. An adequately-capitalized bank, by regulation, may not accept deposits from brokers unless it applies for and receives a waiver from the FDIC.

56


Table of Contents

The Company also uses the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) as a funding source, issuing notes payable, such as advances, and other borrowings, such as repurchase agreements, through its FHLB member subsidiary, Westernbank. This funding source requires Westernbank to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% and 105% of the outstanding advances and repurchase agreements, respectively.

     The Company’s liquidity targets are reviewed monthly by the Investment Committee and are based on the Company’s commitment to make loans and investments and its ability to generate funds. The Committee’s targets are also affected by yields on available investments and upon the Committee’s judgment as to the attractiveness of such yields and its expectations as to future yields.

     The Company’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2004 had an average contractual maturity of 53 months. Assuming that all call features are exercised, the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004, had a remaining average contractual maturity of 10 months. However, no assurance can be given that such levels will be maintained in future periods.

     As of December 31, 2004, Westernbank had line of credit agreements with six commercial banks permitting Westernbank to borrow a maximum aggregate amount of $245.0 million, mainly through federal funds purchased. There were $75.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2004. The agreements provide for unsecured advances to be used by the Company on an overnight basis. Interest rate is negotiated at the time of the transaction usually at Fed Fund rate. The credit agreements are renewable annually.

     Payments due by period for the Company’s contractual obligations (other than deposit liabilities) at December 31, 2004 are presented below:

                                         
            Due after one     Due after three              
    Due within one     year through     years through     Due after five        
    year     three years     five years     years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Short-term borrowings
  $ 4,238,286     $     $     $     $ 4,238,286  
Long-term borrowings
    834,625       763,782       1,105       1,093,587       2,693,099  
Operating lease obligations
    2,373       3,525       1,293       359       7,550  
Loan purchase obligation
    600,000                         600,000  
 
                             
Total contractual obligations
  $ 5,675,284     $ 767,307     $ 2,398     $ 1,093,946     $ 7,538,935  
 
                             

     Such commitments will be funded in the normal course of business from the Company’s principal source of funds. At December 31, 2004, the Company had $2.93 billion in certificates of deposit that mature during the following twelve months. The Company does not anticipate any difficulty in retaining or replacing such deposits.

     The contractual amount of the Company’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk expiring by period at December 31, 2004 is presented below:

                         
    PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD  
            Less than one        
    Total     year     2-5 years  
    (In thousands)  
Unused lines of credit
  $ 316,629     $ 266,040     $ 50,589  
Commercial letters of credit
    27,784       27,784        
Commitments to extend credit
    512,086       161,412       350,674  
Commitments to purchase mortgage loans
    600,000       600,000        
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,456,499     $ 1,055,236     $ 401,263  
 
                 

     Due to the nature of the Company’s unfunded commitments, including unfunded lines of credit, the amounts presented above do not necessarily represent the amounts the Company anticipates funding in the periods presented above.

57


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The Company has established various accounting policies which govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. The significant accounting policies of the Company are described in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements. Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management which has a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities; management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the nature of the judgments and assumptions made by management, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates which could have a material impact on the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the results of operations of the Company. The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity:

  •   Allowance for loan losses – The allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy that requires the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. In estimating the allowance for loan losses, management utilizes historical experience as well as other factors including the effect of changes in the local real estate market on collateral values, the effects on the loan portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers and increases or decreases in nonperforming and impaired loans. Changes in these factors may cause management’s estimate of the allowance to increase or decrease and result in adjustments to the Company’s provision for loan losses. See “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses” (page 47) and “Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” (page 71) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8, for a detailed description of the Company’s estimation process and methodology related to the allowance for loan losses.
 
  •   Other-than-temporary impairments – The Company reviews its investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or earlier if other factors indicative of potential impairment exist. An impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income is recognized when the decline in the fair value of the securities below their cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers various factors in determining whether it should recognize an impairment charge, including, but not limited to the length of time and the extent the fair value of the security has been below its cost basis, the expectation for that security’s performance, the credit worthiness of the issuer and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security to maturity. See “Financial Condition – Investments” (page 50) and “Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” (page 71) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item II, Part 8, for a detailed description of the Company’s estimation process and methodology related to other-than-temporary impairments.
 
  •   Financial instruments – Certain financial instruments including derivatives, hedged items and investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or other gains and losses as appropriate. Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available. If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors including price quotations for similar instruments. Fair value of certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions. See “Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” (page 71) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item II, Part 8, for a detailed description of the Company’s estimation process and methodology related to the financial instruments.
 
  •   Certain liabilities and contingencies – In the ordinary course of business, the Company’s management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of liabilities and disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and therefore the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding past and expected gains or losses, current economic conditions, and risk characteristics, among other factors. The following is a description of the most significant methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating the amounts reported in connection with certain liabilities and contingencies as disclosed in the financial statements:

Income taxes – The Company is required to compute income taxes in connection with its preparation of the consolidated financial statements. This computation involves estimates and assumptions made by the Company’s management based on its interpretation of current and enacted tax laws and regulations that affect the reported amounts of current and deferred income tax provisions.

58


Table of Contents

The carrying value of the Company’s net deferred tax asset assumes that the Company will be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to realize the tax benefit. If expectations about future taxable income are not materialized, the Company may be required to record a valuation allowance to reduce the recorded amount of its deferred tax asset resulting in an increase of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.

Contingencies – The Company is a defendant in legal actions arising in the normal course of business. Evaluation of these contingencies requires management of the Company, after consultation with its legal counsel, to assume certain positions based on its interpretation of current laws and regulations. Such interpretations are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, actual results could differ from management position and estimates.

     See “Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” (page 71) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item II, Part 8, for a detailed description of the Company’s estimation process and methodology related to certain liabilities and contingencies.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

     Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Those statements changed the accounting for business combinations and goodwill in two significant ways. SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. Use of the pooling-of-interest method is prohibited. SFAS No. 142 changes the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment-only approach. Thus, amortization of goodwill, including goodwill recorded in past business combinations, ceased upon adoption of this statement. Adoption of SFAS No. 141 and No. 142 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement cost. SFAS No. 143 became effective on January 1, 2003 and did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions. Implementation of SFAS No. 144 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of SFAS No. 13, and Technical Corrections. SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt-an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30, which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Opinion No. 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS No. 145 also amends SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale–leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. SFAS No. 145 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). The provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. Implementation of SFAS No. 146 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9. Except for transactions between two or more mutual enterprises, SFAS No. 147 removes acquisitions of financial institutions from the scope of both SFAS No. 72 and Interpretation No. 9 and requires that those transactions be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In addition, SFAS No. 147 amends SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets to include in its scope

59


Table of Contents

long-term customer-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions such as depositor-and-borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholder’s intangible assets. SFAS No. 147 was effective for acquisitions or impairment measurement of such intangibles effective on or after October 1, 2002. SFAS No. 147 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34. This interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in the financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 were applicable for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. This Statement amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company changed the method of accounting for employee stock options from the intrinsic value method to the fair value method. Under the modified prospective method selected by the Company under the provisions of SFAS No. 148, compensation cost recognized since January 1, 2003 is the same that would have been recognized had the recognition provisions of FASB No. 123 been applied from its original effective date. Results prior to 2003 were not restated. The effect of implementing this Statement on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was a charge of $895,000 and of $1,031,000, respectively to compensation expense included in salaries and employees’ benefits in the consolidated statement of income.

     Prior to January 1, 2003, the Company followed the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. Compensation expense under this method was generally recognized for any excess of the quoted market price of the Company’s stock at the measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Since all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock at the grant date, no compensation expense was recognized at the measurement date.

     In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. FIN 46 addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is a corporation, partnership, trust, or any other legal structure used for business purposes that either (a) does not issue voting interests (or other interests with similar rights) or (b) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities. FIN 46 requires an enterprise to consolidate a variable interest entity if that enterprise has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses if these occur, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns if these occur, or both. Qualifying Special Purpose Entities are exempt from the consolidation requirements. In addition to numerous FASB Staff Positions written to clarify and improve the application of FIN 46, the FASB announced a deferral for certain entities, and an amendment to FIN 46 entitled FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46R). FIN 46R must be applied to interests in all entities subject to the interpretation as of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15, 2004. FIN 46R did not have any effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This Statement (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6 (b) of Statement No. 133, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying to conform it to language used in FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. This Statement was effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Implementation of SFAS No. 149 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

60


Table of Contents

     In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 is effective for all freestanding financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. For all other freestanding financial instruments, it became effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. SFAS No. 150 applies to three categories of freestanding financial instruments (mandatory redeemable instruments, instruments with repurchase obligations and instruments with obligations to issue a variable number of shares). Instruments within the scope of SFAS No. 150 must be classified as liabilities in the statement of financial condition. Certain provisions of SFAS No. 150 related to mandatory redeemable financial instruments have been subsequently deferred indefinitely by the FASB. The Company does not have mandatory redeemable financial instruments outstanding. Implementation of SFAS No. 150 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans and Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for acquired loans that show evidence of having deteriorated in terms of credit quality since their origination (i.e. impaired loans). SOP 03-3 requires acquired loans to be recorded at their fair value defined as the present value of future cash flows. SOP 03-3 prohibits the carryover of an allowance for loan losses on certain acquired loans as credit losses are considered in the future cash flows assessment. SOP 03-3 is effective for loans that are acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. The Company will evaluate the applicability of this SOP for all prospective loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004.

     In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue 03-1, Meaning of Other Than Temporary Impairment (“Issue 03-1”). The Task Force reached a consensus on an other-than-temporary impairment model for debt and equity securities accounted for under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and cost method investments. The basic model developed by the Task Force in evaluating whether an investment within the scope of Issue 03-1 is other-than-temporarily impaired is as follows: Step 1: Determine whether an investment is impaired. An investment is considered impaired if its fair value is less than its cost. Step 2: Evaluate whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. For equity securities and debt securities that can contractually be prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its cost, an impairment is presumed to be other-than-temporary unless: the investor has the ability and intent to hold the investment for a reasonable period of time sufficient for a forecasted market price recovery of the investment, and evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. For other debt securities, an impairment is deemed other-than-temporary if: the investor does not have the ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted market price recovery (may mean until maturity), or it is probable that the investor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the debt security. Step 3: If the impairment is other-than-temporary, recognize in earnings an impairment loss equal to the difference between the investment cost and its fair value. The fair value of the investment then becomes the new cost basis of the investment and cannot be adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value, unless required by other authoritative literature.

     On September 30, 2004, the FASB issued FSP EITF Issue 03-01-1, which delayed the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance of an impairment loss that is other-than-temporary (i.e. steps 2 and 3 of the impairment model) contained in paragraphs 10-20 of EITF 03-1. Application of these paragraphs is deferred pending issuance of proposed FSP EITF Issue 03-1a. This delay does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than-temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. The guidance in paragraphs 6 to 9 of EITF 03-1 (i.e. step 1 of the impairment model), as well as the disclosure requirements in paragraphs 21 and 22 were not deferred and were applied based on the transition provisions in EITF 03-1. Based on the composition of the investment portfolio held at December 31, 2004, EITF 03-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     On March 9, 2004, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments, (“SAB 105”) to inform registrants of the Staff’s view that the fair value of the recorded loan commitments should not consider the expected future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the future loan. The provisions of SAB 105 is applicable to loan commitments accounted for as derivatives that are entered into after March 31, 2004. The staff will not object to the application of existing accounting practices to loan commitments accounted for as derivatives that are entered into on or before March 31, 2004, with appropriate disclosures. The adoption of SAB 105 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion, however, included certain exceptions to that principle. This Statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and

61


Table of Contents

replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. This Statement shall be applied prospectively and is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date of issuance of this Statement. SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, that will require compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. With limited exceptions, the amount of compensation cost will be measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. In addition, liability awards will be remeasured each reporting period. Compensation cost will be recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123(R) replaces FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. SFAS No. 123 (R) will be effective as of the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005 and applies to all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date. The cumulative effect of initially applying this statement, if any, is recognized as of the required effective date. Entities that used the fair-value-based method for either recognition or disclosure under SFAS No. 123 will apply this revised statement using a modified version of prospective application. Under that transition method, for the portion of outstanding awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, compensation cost is recognized on or after the required effective date based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated under SFAS No. 123 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures. For periods before the required effective date, those entities may elect to apply a modified version of retrospective application under which financial statements for prior periods are adjusted on a basis consistent with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods by SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations since the Company only has employee stock options and it follows the fair value method under the modified prospective application allowed by the provisions of SFAS No. 148 since January 1, 2003, as previously explained.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

     As of December 31, 2004, the Company had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements with the exception of operating leases as discussed in Note 13 (page 101) to the audited consolidated financial statements, included in Part II, Item 8.

     CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

     For information required in connection with the Company’s contractual obligations and commitments refer to section “LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES” of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition (page 56), included in Part II, Item 7.

     MARKET RISK

     The Company’s financial performance is impacted by among other factors, interest rate risk and credit risk. Management considers interest rate risk the Company’s most significant market risk. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income due to changes in interest rates. Consistency of the Company’s net interest income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. The Company does not utilize derivatives to mitigate its credit risk, relying instead on an extensive counterparty review process. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Financial Condition —Allowance for Loan Losses” (page 47), included in Part II, Item 7.

     Interest rate risk is addressed by the Company’s Asset & Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which includes the full Board of Directors and certain senior management representatives. The ALCO monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact to the net portfolio of equity value and net interest income from potential changes to interest rates and considers the impact of alternative strategies or changes in balance sheet structure. The ALCO manages the Company’s balance sheet in part to minimize the potential impact on net portfolio value and net interest income despite changes in interest rates. The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed on a quarterly basis by the ALCO. Interest rate risk exposure is measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine the change in net portfolio value in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential changes to net portfolio value and net interest income resulting from hypothetical interest rate changes are not within the limits established by the Board, the Board may direct management to adjust its asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within Board-approved limits. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the Company has implemented strategies to more closely match its balance sheet composition. Interest rate sensitivity is computed by estimating the changes in net portfolio

62


Table of Contents

of equity value, or market value over a range of potential changes in interest rates. The market value of equity is the market value of the Company’s assets minus the market value of its liabilities plus or minus the market value of any off-balance sheet items. The market value of each asset, liability, and off-balance sheet item is its net present value of expected cash flows discounted at market rates after adjustment for rate changes. The Company measures the impact on market value for an immediate and sustained 200 basis point increase or decrease (shock) in interest rates.

     The Company’s profitability is dependent to a large extent upon its net interest income, which is the difference between its interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and its interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-earning assets reprice differently than its interest-bearing liabilities.

     The Company manages its mix of assets and liabilities with the goals of limiting its exposure to interest rate risk, ensuring adequate liquidity, and coordinating its sources and uses of funds. Specific strategies have included securitization and sale of long-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, shortening the average maturity of fixed-rate loans and increasing the volume of variable and adjustable rate loans to reduce the average maturity of the Company’s interest-earning assets. All long-term, fixed-rate single family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association and Government National Mortgage Association guidelines, are sold for cash upon origination. In addition, the Company enters into certain derivative financial instruments to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various statement of financial condition items.

     The Company is exposed to changes in the level of Net Interest Income (“NII”) in a changing interest rate environment. NII will fluctuate pursuant to changes in the levels of interest rates and of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities. If (1) the weighted average rates in effect at period end remain constant, or increase or decrease on an instantaneous and sustained change of plus 200 or minus 100 basis points (50 basis points in 2003), and (2) all scheduled repricing, reinvestments and estimated prepayments, and reissuances are at such constant, or increase or decrease accordingly; NII will fluctuate as shown on the table below:

December 31, 2004:

                         
            Amount        
Change in Interest Rate   Expected NII (1)     Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
+200 Basis Points
  $ 268,838     $ (49,112 )     (15.44 )%
Base Scenario
    317,950              
-100 Basis Points
    307,734       (10,216 )     (3.31 )%

December 31, 2003:

                         
            Amount        
Change in Interest Rate   Expected NII (1)     Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
+200 Basis Points
  $ 280,197     $ (14,573 )     (4.94 )%
Base Scenario
    294,770              
-50 Basis Points
    291,543       (3,227 )     (1.09 )%


(1)   The NII figures exclude the effect of the amortization of loan fees. Given the fed fund rate of 2.25% and 1.00% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, a linear 100 and 50 basis points decrease for 2004 and 2003, respectively, was modeled in the estimated change in interest rate in place of the linear 200 basis points decrease.

     The model utilized to create the information presented above makes various estimates at each level of interest rate change regarding cash flows from principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities and/or call activity on investment securities. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates which would result in significant differences in the calculated projected change. In addition, the limits stated above do not necessarily represent the level of change under which management would undertake specific measures to realign its portfolio in order to reduce the projected level of change.

     The interest rate sensitivity (“GAP”) is defined as the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. A GAP is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A GAP is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds interest rate

63


Table of Contents

sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely. While the GAP is a useful measurement and contributes toward effective asset and liability management, it is difficult to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on that measure. Because different types of assets and liabilities with the same or similar maturities may react differently to changes in overall market rates or conditions, changes in interest rates may affect net interest income positively or negatively even if an institution were perfectly matched in each maturity category.

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION

     Puerto Rico (the “Island”), a Commonwealth of the United States of America (the “U.S.”), is the easternmost of the Greater Antilles and the fourth largest island of the Caribbean. The Island is located at the crossroads between North and South America, at just 3.5 hours airtime from New York and 60 minutes from Venezuela and has a population of approximately four (4) million people. In 1917, the people of Puerto Rico became citizens of the U.S., and therefore Puerto Ricans serve in the United States Armed Forces. As in the U.S., the Island has a local judicial system. The Island constitutes a District in the Federal Judiciary and has its own U.S. district court. Also, most of the U.S. federal agencies are represented on the Island. However, the Island has its own Internal Revenue system and is not subject to U.S. taxes. Spanish and English are the official languages of the Island.

     The Island economy operates as a region within the U.S., and therefore its financial performance is closely linked to the U.S. performance. The external sector is a key element of the economy of Puerto Rico, as it has a very open economy, with large flows of trade, investment and income. The Island uses U.S. currency and forms part of the U.S. financial system. As a Commonwealth of the U.S., the Island falls within the U.S. for purposes of customs and migration, and therefore there is a full exchange of funds, people and goods between Puerto Rico and the U.S. Puerto Rico banks are subject to the same Federal laws, regulations and supervision as those of the financial institutions operating in the rest of U.S. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. insures the deposits of Puerto Rico chartered commercial banks, including Westernbank, the banking subsidiary of W Holding Company, Inc.

     For year 2004, the Puerto Rico economic activity continued in line with overall economic conditions in the U.S., showing some growth although at a slower rate than expected. Economic indicators for year 2004 showed some mixed signals, while the job markets continue to strengthen and retail sales continue to rise, the public-sector construction has remained more or less stable, the expansion observed in private construction halted and a drop-off occurred in government income, which should result in cuts in public spending. The Puerto Rico Gross Domestic Product was approximately 3.0% for year 2004. Inflation rate for year 2004 was considered to be moderate at approximately 4.0%. Historically, Puerto Rico unemployment rate has been higher than the average U.S. unemployment rate, being 10% at December 31, 2004, since although the number of jobs was increasing; the workforce was growing in a parallel fashion. The rate of participation in the workforce has been estimated in approximately 47.0%. Manufacturing and construction continues to be the backbone of the Island economy, and many multinational corporations have substantial operations in the Island. The island’s pharmaceutical industry continues to be very strong, being the primary driver for employment in the Island, along with the construction industry; both of them labor intensive industries. During the past years there has been a slowdown in both industries, primarily due to the reduction of tax incentives in the manufacturing sector. Nevertheless, the Island economy has been able to be somewhat less dependent of these industries thanks to its diversification into other business areas such as tourism, retail, banking and transportation.

     The banking sector has been the main driver of such diversification, being the financial support for all the industrial and commercial activity on the Island. At December 31, 2004, there are approximately eleven (11) banks operating in Puerto Rico, with total assets, loans and deposits of approximately $90.8 billion, $46.9 billion and $46.0 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2004. U.S. banks, foreign banks and the major Puerto Rican banks, all offer commercial banking services designed to support the emerging requirements of its local clients as well as of its international clients. The economic strength and liquidity of local financial institutions, considered as the pillar of the Island’s economy, have allowed the Puerto Rico banking sector to extend credit, without which the Island’s economy couldn’t be sustained. The growing combination of loans, deposits and assets has been the key elements to the economic progress for the past years. Loans, in particular, have played a key role in keeping the Island economy afloat, through either personal, mortgage or commercial loans.

     The financial services and banking business are highly competitive, and the profitability of the Company will depend principally upon the Company’s ability to compete in its market area as well as to a significant extent upon general economic conditions in its market place. The Company competes with other commercial and non-commercial banks, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and certain other non-financial institutions, including certain governmental organizations which may offer subsidized financing at lower rates than those offered by the Company. The Company has been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing technology and customer service, including local office decision-making on loans, establishing long-term customer relationships and building customer loyalty, and by providing products and services designed to address the

64


Table of Contents

specific needs of its customers. Significant deterioration in the local economy or external economic conditions, such as inflation, recession, unemployment, real estate values and other factors beyond the Company’s control, could also substantially impact the Company’s performance. There can be no assurance that future adverse changes in the local economy would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
W Holding Company, Inc.
Mayagüez, Puerto Rico

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of W Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and of comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of W Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 11, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Juan, Puerto Rico
March 11, 2005

Stamp No. 2018225
affixed to original.

65


Table of Contents

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003
 

                 
    2004     2003  
ASSETS
               
 
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 77,752     $ 92,811  
Money market instruments:
               
Federal funds sold and resell agreements
    1,017,303       649,852  
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
    49,476       37,767  
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value with an amortized cost of $8,093 in 2004 and $55,992 in 2003
    7,881       55,080  
Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost with a fair value of $6,836,897 in 2004 and $5,638,816 in 2003
    6,921,379       5,723,710  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
    52,195       39,750  
Residential mortgage loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value
    1,633       2,555  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $80,066 in 2004 and $61,608 in 2003
    5,941,233       4,683,118  
Accrued interest receivable
    88,285       75,567  
Foreclosed real estate held for sale, net of allowance of $306 in 2004 and $28 in 2003
    3,811       4,082  
Premises and equipment, net
    110,051       103,370  
Deferred income taxes, net
    31,027       24,910  
Other assets
    34,636       26,868  
 
           
 
               
TOTAL
  $ 14,336,662     $ 11,519,440  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
LIABILITIES:
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 249,368     $ 192,760  
Interest-bearing and related accrued interest payable
    5,981,843       5,192,716  
 
           
Total deposits
    6,231,211       5,385,476  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    6,683,527       5,046,045  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
    211,000       146,000  
Mortgage note payable
    36,858       37,234  
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
    6,513       4,307  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    85,874       71,869  
 
           
Total liabilities
    13,254,983       10,690,931  
 
           
 
               
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
               
 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
               
Preferred stock — $1.00 par value per share (liquidation preference — $511,744 in 2004 and $384,894 in 2003); authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 17,794,251 shares in 2004 and 15,395,745 shares in 2003
    17,794       15,396  
Common stock — $1.00 par value per share; authorized 300,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 163,918,835 shares in 2004 and 106,290,294 shares in 2003
    163,919       106,290  
Paid-in capital
    686,493       514,800  
Retained earnings:
               
Reserve fund
    60,672       43,375  
Undivided profits
    153,013       149,581  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax
    (212 )     (933 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,081,679       828,509  
 
           
 
               
TOTAL
  $ 14,336,662     $ 11,519,440  
 
           

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

66


Table of Contents

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
 

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
INTEREST INCOME:
                       
Loans, including loan fees
  $ 322,164     $ 275,848     $ 220,676  
Investment securities
    212,213       134,273       112,759  
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
    37,446       40,092       44,694  
Money market instruments
    19,510       11,633       7,451  
Trading securities
    43       48       154  
 
                 
Total interest income
    591,376       461,894       385,734  
 
                 
INTEREST EXPENSE:
                       
Deposits
    143,860       114,755       114,374  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    141,414       101,652       98,233  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
    6,568       6,037       6,202  
Other borrowings
          142       604  
 
                 
Total interest expense
    291,842       222,586       219,413  
 
                 
NET INTEREST INCOME
    299,534       239,308       166,321  
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    36,691       27,048       15,083  
 
                 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    262,843       212,260       151,238  
 
                 
NONINTEREST INCOME:
                       
Service and other charges on loans
    10,106       10,795       8,410  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    7,969       7,053       6,652  
Other fees and commissions
    10,536       9,983       7,443  
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments
    (7 )     (236 )     1,288  
Net gain (loss) on sales and valuation of loans, securities, and other assets
    2,629       (20,949 )     950  
 
                 
Total noninterest income
    31,233       6,646       24,743  
 
                 
TOTAL NET INTEREST INCOME AND NONINTEREST INCOME
    294,076       218,906       175,981  
 
                 
NONINTEREST EXPENSES:
                       
Salaries and employees’ benefits
    38,317       33,840       28,017  
Equipment
    9,445       9,044       9,519  
Deposits insurance premium and supervisory examination
    2,907       2,392       1,792  
Occupancy
    6,694       6,603       5,861  
Advertising
    10,508       6,698       6,865  
Printing, postage, stationery and supplies
    3,206       3,253       2,836  
Telephone
    2,315       2,279       2,042  
Net loss (gain) from operations of foreclosed real estate held for sale
    418       205       (88 )
Municipal taxes
    3,953       3,600       2,992  
Other
    22,362       16,907       14,081  
 
                 
Total noninterest expenses
    100,125       84,821       73,917  
 
                 
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    193,951       134,085       102,064  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    22,086       20,771       16,101  
 
                 
NET INCOME
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
 
                 
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
  $ 144,707     $ 91,721     $ 72,189  
 
                 
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  $ 0.89     $ 0.57     $ 0.48  
 
                 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  $ 0.86     $ 0.55     $ 0.47  
 
                 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

67


Table of Contents

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (IN THOUSANDS)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
 

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
                       
Preferred stock:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 15,396     $ 8,943     $ 7,220  
Issuance of preferred stock
    2,675       6,872       1,725  
Conversion of preferred stock
    (277 )     (419 )     (2 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    17,794       15,396       8,943  
 
                 
Common stock:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    106,290       68,346       41,500  
Stock split
    54,640       34,737       20,750  
Stock dividend
    2,142       2,083        
Purchase and retirement of common stock
          (2 )     (2 )
Issuance of common stock
                6,095  
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of preferred stock
    632       626       3  
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options
    215       500        
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    163,919       106,290       68,346  
 
                 
Paid-in capital:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    514,800       319,106       187,628  
Issuance of preferred stock
    126,715       158,991       39,738  
Stock dividend
    43,684       33,076        
Stock options exercised
    754       2,834        
Effect of stock options granted to employees
    895       1,031        
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of preferred stock
    (355 )     (207 )      
Purchase and retirement of common stock
            (31 )     (40 )
Issuance of common stock
                91,780  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    686,493       514,800       319,106  
 
                 
Reserve fund:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    43,375       32,011       23,476  
Transfer from undivided profits
    17,297       11,364       8,535  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    60,672       43,375       32,011  
 
                 
 
Undivided profits:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    149,581       157,442       128,583  
Net income
    171,865       113,314       85,963  
Cash dividends on common stock
    (23,502 )     (18,322 )     (14,045 )
Cash dividends on preferred stock
    (27,158 )     (21,593 )     (13,774 )
Transfer to reserve fund
    (17,297 )     (11,364 )     (8,535 )
Stock split
    (54,643 )     (34,737 )     (20,750 )
Stock dividend
    (45,833 )     (35,159 )      
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    153,013       149,581       157,442  
 
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    (933 )     (1,100 )     (498 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax for the year
    721       167       (602 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    (212 )     (933 )     (1,100 )
 
                 
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 1,081,679     $ 828,509     $ 584,748  
 
                 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
                       
Net income
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
 
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax:
                       
Unrealized net gains (losses) on securities available for sale:
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
    828       (7,512 )     718  
Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income
    (128 )     7,671       (1,508 )
 
                 
 
                       
 
    700       159       (790 )
Cash flow hedges:
                       
Unrealized net derivative gain arising during the period
                356  
Income tax effect
    21       8       (168 )
 
                 
Net change in other comprehensive loss, net of income tax
    721       167       (602 )
 
                 
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 172,586     $ 113,481     $ 85,361  
 
                 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

68


Table of Contents

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
 

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision (credit) for:
                       
Loan losses
    36,691       27,048       15,083  
Losses on foreclosed real estate held for sale
    553       37       126  
Deferred income tax credit
    (6,096 )     (8,575 )     (2,518 )
Depreciation and amortization on:
                       
Premises and equipment
    7,034       7,293       6,856  
Foreclosed real estate held for sale
          308       60  
Mortgage servicing rights
    424       648       772  
Stock options granted to employees
    895       1,031        
Amortization of premium (discount), net on:
                       
Investment securities available for sale
    393       14       (647 )
Investment securities held to maturity
    (1,551 )     (1,953 )     (9,062 )
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
    1,136       4,292       (555 )
Loans
    1,320       1,481       1,651  
Amortization of discount on deposits
    3,796       2,750       1,930  
Amortization of net deferred loan origination fees
    (9,994 )     (8,581 )     (5,634 )
Net loss (gain) on sale and in valuation of:
                       
Investment securities available for sale
    (128 )     7,671       (1,508 )
Impairment on investment securities held to maturity
            15,701        
Called investment securities held to maturity
    (525 )            
Mortgage loans held for sale
    (1,649 )     (2 )     (306 )
Derivative instruments
    (1,790 )     (1,561 )     (1,288 )
Foreclosed real estate held for sale
    (305 )     (797 )     (119 )
Capitalization of servicing rights
    (904 )     (1,544 )     (607 )
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
    (30,499 )     (17,515 )     (52,317 )
Sales of mortgage loans held for sale
    23,428             8,690  
Decrease (increase) in:
                       
Trading securities
    8,383       22,403       87,397  
Accrued interest receivable
    (12,718 )     (28,914 )     (13,833 )
Other assets
    605       (1,628 )     (6,994 )
Increase (decrease) in:
                       
Accrued interest on deposits and borrowings
    12,257       4,265       (376 )
Other liabilities
    (14,762 )     4,361       21,211  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    187,859       141,547       133,975  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits in banks
    (11,709 )     (20,308 )     8,755  
Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold and resell agreements
    (17,452 )     9,295       (303,014 )
Resell agreements with original maturities over three months:
                       
Purchases
    (550,000 )     (350,000 )      
Collections
    200,000       150,000        
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
Sales
    130,066       50,803       661,090  
Maturities, prepayments and calls
    42,505       182,410       191,175  
Purchases
    (124,938 )     (83,261 )     (771,152 )
Investment securities held to maturity:
                       
Maturities, prepayments and calls
    14,602,463       21,450,415       14,713,873  
Purchases
    (15,967,622 )     (23,340,101 )     (15,600,485 )
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity:
                       
Maturities, prepayments and calls
    225,783       821,058       403,026  
Purchases
    (55,081 )     (1,223,736 )     (638,079 )
Loans:
                       
Purchases
    (250,082 )     (344,637 )     (213,418 )
Sales
          50,959        
Loans originations and principal collections, net
    (1,015,945 )     (655,864 )     (714,924 )
Purchases of derivative options
    (4,872 )     (3,384 )     (4,968 )
Cash paid on terminated swaps
                (208 )
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate held for sale
    1,494       882       462  
Additions to premises and equipment
    (13,553 )     (14,450 )     (12,520 )
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    8,490       3,572        
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (20,935 )           (4,872 )
Purchase of partnership interest, net of cash acquired
                (11,496 )
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,821,388 )     (3,316,347 )     (2,296,755 )
 
                 
 
                       
Forward
  $ (2,633,529 )   $ (3,174,800 )   $ (2,162,780 )
 
                 

(continued)

69


Table of Contents

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
 

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Forward
  $ (2,633,529 )   $ (3,174,800 )   $ (2,162,780 )
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net increase in deposits
    833,791       1,086,251       1,069,000  
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    1,365,526       (326,280 )     451,195  
Repurchase agreements with original maturities over three months:
                       
Proceeds
    6,531,812       2,740,548       1,475,773  
Payments
    (6,259,856 )     (465,564 )     (889,273 )
Payments of term notes
                (43,000 )
Payments of mortgage note payable
    (376 )     (588 )      
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank:
                       
Proceeds
    293,000       189,000        
Payments
    (228,000 )     (163,000 )      
Line of credit:
                       
Proceeds
          50,000        
Payments
          (50,000 )      
Net increase in advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
    2,206       1,109       763  
Repurchase of common stock for retirement
          (33 )     (42 )
Dividends paid
    (50,097 )     (39,109 )     (27,308 )
Issuance of common stock
                97,875  
Issuance of preferred stock
    129,495       165,863       41,463  
Proceeds from stock options exercised
    969       3,334        
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,618,470       3,191,531       2,176,446  
 
                 
 
                       
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
    (15,059 )     16,731       13,666  
 
                       
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
    92,811       76,080       62,414  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, END OF YEAR
  $ 77,752     $ 92,811     $ 76,080  
 
                 
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest on deposits and other borrowings
  $ 282,635     $ 229,504     $ 225,146  
Income taxes
    45,742       18,943       11,235  
Noncash activities:
                       
Accrued dividends payable
    3,300       2,737       1,931  
Net change in other comprehensive loss
    721       167       (602 )
Mortgage loans securitized and transferred to:
                       
Trading securities
    8,489       22,403       41,740  
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
    2,305              
Transfer from available for sale to trading securities
                41,048  
Transfer from held to maturity to available for sale
          51,671        
Transfer from loans to foreclosed real estate held for sale
    3,015       3,288       2,075  
Mortgage loans originated to finance the sale of foreclosed real estate held for sale
    1,545       2,455       786  
Unpaid additions to premises and equipment
    191       16       20  
Transfer from undivided profits to reserve fund
    17,297       11,364       8,535  
Effect in valuation of derivatives and their hedged items:
                       
Increase in loans
    23,881              
Increase (decrease) in other assets
    2,920       (1,495 )     (3,796 )
Decrease (increase) in deposits
    (5,609 )     1,962       4,438  
Decrease (increase) in other liabilities
    (23,299 )     1,094       646  
Conversion of preferred stock into common stock:
                       
Common stock
    632       626       3  
Paid in capital
    (355 )     (207 )      
Preferred stock
    (277 )     (419 )     (2 )
Building acquired on purchase of partnership interest
                49,852  
Other assets acquired on purchase of partnership interest
                249  
Mortgage note assumed on purchase of partnership interest
                37,822  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.       (concluded)

70


Table of Contents

W HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    W Holding Company, Inc. (the “Company”) is a financial holding company offering a full range of financial services. The business of the Company is conducted primarily through its wholly owned commercial bank subsidiary, Westernbank Puerto Rico (“Westernbank” or the “Bank”). The Company’s other operating subsidiary is Westernbank Insurance Corp. The Company was organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico in February 1999 to become the bank holding company of Westernbank. Westernbank was founded as a savings institution in 1958 operating in the western and southwestern regions of Puerto Rico, focusing on retail banking and emphasizing long-term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans on one-to-four family residential properties. In 1994, Westernbank changed its charter to become a full-service commercial bank. Westernbank offers a full range of business and consumer financial services, including banking, trust and brokerage services. Westernbank Insurance Corp. is a general insurance agent placing property, casualty, life and disability insurance. The assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of Westernbank Insurance Corp. at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, were not significant.
 
    In July 2000, the Company became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. As a financial holding company, the Company is permitted to engage in financial related activities, including insurance and securities activities, provided that the Company and its banking subsidiary meet certain regulatory standards.
 
    Westernbank operates through 52 full service branch offices located throughout Puerto Rico, including 33 in the Southwestern region, 7 in the Northeastern region and 12 in the San Juan Metropolitan area, and a fully functional banking site on the Internet. Westernbank Puerto Rico traditional banking operations include retail operations, such as its branches, including the branches of the Expresso division, together with consumer loans, mortgage loans, commercial loans (excluding the asset-based lending operations), investments (treasury) and deposit products. Besides the traditional banking operations, Westernbank operates through other four divisions: Westernbank International Division, which is an International Banking Entity (“IBE”) under the Puerto Rico Act No. 52 of August 11, 1989, as amended, known as the International Banking Regulatory Act, which activities consist of commercial and related services, and treasury and investment activities outside of Puerto Rico; Westernbank Business Credit, which specializes in commercial business loans secured principally by commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment; Westernbank Trust Division, which offers a full array of trust services; and Expresso of Westernbank, a division which specializes in small, unsecured consumer loans up to $15,000 and real estate collateralized consumer loans up to $150,000 through 19 full-service branches.
 
    Westernbank World Plaza, Inc. (“WWPI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Westernbank, owns and operates Westernbank World Plaza, a 23-story office building, including its related parking facility, located in Hato Rey, Puerto Rico, the main Puerto Rican business district. Westernbank World Plaza serves as the Company’s San Juan metropolitan area headquarters for Westernbank’s regional commercial lending office and headquarters for the Westernbank Business Credit and Expresso of Westernbank divisions. Westernbank also owns 100% of the voting shares of SRG Net, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation that operates an electronic funds transfer network. The assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of SRG Net, Inc. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, were not significant.

71


Table of Contents

    The accounting and reporting policies of W Holding Company, Inc. conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and banking industry practices. Following is a summary of the Company’s most significant accounting policies:
 
    Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Westernbank Puerto Rico and Westernbank Insurance Corp. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk - Most of the Company’s business activities are with customers located within Puerto Rico. Notes 2 and 3 discuss the types of securities that the Company invests in. Note 4 discusses the types of lending that the Company engages in. Note 19 discusses the types of derivative instruments that the Company enters into. The Company does not have any significant concentration in any one industry or customer.
 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents - For purposes of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are those amounts included in the statements of financial condition as “cash and due from banks”.
 
    Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks, Federal Funds Sold and Federal Funds Purchased - Interest-bearing deposits in banks, federal funds sold and federal funds purchased are carried at cost and mature the next business day.
 
    Securities - Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading on the date of purchase. Only those securities classified as held-to maturity, and which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity, are reported at amortized cost. Available-for-sale and trading securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) and in income, respectively. The fair value of a security is determined based on quotations received from securities dealers. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on quoted prices of similar instruments. Realized securities gains or losses are reported within noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are reviewed at least quarterly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The review includes an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each individual investment such as the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the expectation for that security’s performance, the credit worthiness of the issuer and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security to maturity. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.
 
    The impairment analysis on the mortgage and other asset-backed securities is done placing special emphasis on the analysis of the trustee and collateral manager monthly reports, on sensitivity and expected cash flow analysis made by major brokerage houses and on the credit worthiness of the issuer. The Company also considers its intent and ability to hold these securities. If management believes, based on the analysis, that the principal and interest obligations on any mortgage and other asset-backed security will not be received in a timely manner, the security is written down to fair value based on available secondary market prices from broker/dealers.

72


Table of Contents

    The equity securities and corporate notes impairment analyses are performed and reviewed quarterly based on the latest financial information and any supporting research report made by major brokerage houses. These analyses are subjective and based, among other things, on relevant financial data such as capitalization, cash flows, liquidity, systematic risk, and debt outstanding. Management also considers the industry trends, the historical performance of the stock, as well as the Company’s intent to hold the security. If management believes that there is a low probability of achieving book value in a reasonable time frame, then an impairment is recorded by writing down the security to fair value.
 
    Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale – Residential mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Fair value is based on the contract price at which the mortgage loans will be sold. The Company generally has commitments to sell residential mortgage loans held for sale in the secondary market. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Realized gains or losses on these loans are determined using the specific identification method. Commitments to sell residential loans held for sale in the secondary market were not significant at December 31, 2004 and 2003.
 
    Loans - Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance computed using the effective interest method. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. Discounts and premiums on purchased loans are amortized to income over the expected lives of the loans using methods that approximate the interest method.
 
    The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, but in no event is it recognized after 90 days in arrears on payments of principal or interest. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is charged against income and the loan is accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Generally, a loan is returned to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal payments become current in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement or when the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection and collectibility is no longer doubtful.
 
    Allowance for Loan Losses – The Company maintains an allowance to absorb probable loan losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level the Company considers to be adequate to absorb probable loan losses, based on evaluations of the collectibility and historical loss experience of loans. Estimates of losses inherent in the loan portfolio involve the exercise of judgement and the use of assumptions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Provision for loan losses are based on the Company’s review of the historical loan loss experience and such factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration under existing economic conditions in estimating probable loan losses. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Because of uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, management’s estimate of credit losses in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change in the near term.
 
    The allowance for loan losses is based on ongoing quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. This methodology consists of several key elements. Larger commercial and construction loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Company.

73


Table of Contents

    Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired as provided in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as amended. Any allowances for impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ effective interest rate or fair value of the underlying collateral. Commercial business, commercial real estate and construction loans, exceeding $500,000 in 2004 and 2003, and $250,000 in 2002, are individually evaluated for impairment. Other loans are evaluated in homogeneous groups and collectively evaluated for impairment. Loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value are not evaluated for impairment. Impaired loans for which the discounted cash flows or collateral value exceeds its carrying value do not require an allowance. The Company evaluates the collectibility of both principal and interest when assessing the need for loss accrual.
 
    Historical loss rates are applied to other commercial and construction loans not subject to specific allowance allocations. The loss rates are generally derived from historical loss trends for three to five years.
 
    Homogeneous loans, such as consumer installments, residential mortgage loans, and credit cards are not individually risk graded. Allowances are established for each pool of loans based on the expected net charge-offs for one year. Loss rates are based on the average net charge-off history for one to three years by loan category.
 
    Historical loss rates may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgement, reflect the impact of any current condition on loss recognition. Factors that management considers in the analysis include the effect of the national and local economies, trends in the nature and volume of loans (delinquencies, charge-offs, non-accrual and problem loans), asset quality trends, changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards, collection practices, and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Company’s internal credit examiners.
 
    An unallocated allowance is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss when evaluating allowances for individual loans or pools of loans. Allowances on individual loans and historical loss rates are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.
 
    The Company has not substantively changed any aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan losses. There have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior years that impacted the determination of the current year allowance for loan losses.
 
    Foreclosed Real Estate Held for Sale - Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed real estate held for sale.
 
    Premises and Equipment - Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 40 years.

74


Table of Contents

    Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the lives of the related leases or the estimated useful lives of the related assets, whichever is shorter. Costs of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred.
 
    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets – The Company periodically reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. No indications of impairment are evident as a result of such review during 2004, 2003 and 2002.
 
    Transfer of Financial Assets – Transfer of financial assets are accounted for as a sale, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the transferor, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before maturity.
 
    Mortgage Servicing Rights - The Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others, regardless of how those servicing rights are acquired and assesses the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual servicing right, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount for that right.
 
    The total cost of mortgage loans sold with servicing rights retained is allocated to the mortgage servicing rights and the loans (without the mortgage servicing rights), based on their relative fair values. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated servicing income.
 
    Stock Option Plans - As further discussed in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has two stock option plans. Up to December 31, 2002, the Company accounted for those plans following the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stocks Issued to Employees, and Related Interpretations. Compensation expense under this method was generally recognized for any excess of the quoted market price of the Company’s stock at the measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Since all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock at the grant date, no compensation expense was recognized at the measurement date.
 
    Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Under the modified prospective method which was selected by the Company under the provisions of SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of SFAS No. 123, compensation cost recognized since January 1, 2003 is the same that would have been recognized had the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 been applied from its original effective date. Results prior to 2003 were not restated.

75


Table of Contents

    The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share had the fair value method been applied to all outstanding options in each period:

                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Net income as reported
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
Add: Stock based employee compensation expense included in
reported net income
    895       1,031        
 
                       
Deduct: Total stock based employee compensation expense determined
under the fair value based method for all options
    (895 )     (1,031 )     (648 )
 
                 
 
                       
Pro-forma net income
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,315  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic — as reported (1)
  $ 0.89     $ 0.57     $ 0.48  
 
                 
Diluted — as reported (1)
  $ 0.86     $ 0.55     $ 0.47  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic — pro forma (1)
  $ 0.89     $ 0.57     $ 0.48  
 
                 
Diluted — pro forma (1)
  $ 0.86     $ 0.55     $ 0.47  
 
                 


(1)   Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in December 2004, and distributed both on January 10, 2005, and the three-for-two split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in November 2003, and distributed both on December 10, 2003.

    The fair value of the options granted in year 2002 was $1.37 per option (as adjusted). The fair value was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: (1) the dividend yield was 0.91% (as adjusted); (2) the expected life was 7 years; (3) the expected volatility was 21.84%; and, (4) the risk-free interest rate was 4.43%. The weighted average market price of the stock at the grant date was $6.77 (as adjusted). No options were granted in 2004 and 2003.
 
    Income Taxes - Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases and operating and capital losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

76


Table of Contents

    Financial Instruments:

  •   Derivative Financial Instruments - As part of the Company’s asset/liability management, the Company uses interest-rate contracts, which include interest-rate exchange agreements (swaps) and option agreements, to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various statement of financial condition items.
 
      The Company accounts for its derivatives under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended. The Standard requires recognition of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial condition and requires measurement of those instruments at fair value through adjustments to either accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) or current earnings or both, as appropriate. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative instrument as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or as a derivative instrument not designated as a hedge. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in current period net income. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction impacts net income. For derivative instruments not designated as a hedge, changes in fair values are reported in current period net income.
 
      The Company formally documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the statement of financial condition or to specific forecasted transactions along with a formal assessment at both inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis as to the effectiveness of the derivative instrument in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued and the adjustment to fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in net income.
 
      In the case of interest-rate exchange agreements that qualify for hedging accounting treatment, net interest income (expense) resulting from the differential between exchanging floating and fixed-rate interest payments is recorded on a current basis as an adjustment to interest income or expense on the corresponding hedged assets or liabilities.
 
  •   Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments - In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and commitments to purchase mortgage loans. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The Company periodically evaluates the credit risks inherent in these commitments and commercial letters of credit, and establishes loss allowances for such risks if and when these are deemed necessary. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company did not record any loss allowances in connection with risks involved in off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no additional off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments other than those mentioned above.

77


Table of Contents

    Earnings per Share – Basic earnings per share represents income attributable to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate to the outstanding convertible preferred stock, which are determined using the if-converted method, and the outstanding stock options, which are determined using the treasury stock method. The effect of convertible preferred stock (1,819,400 shares in 2004, 1,821,673 shares in 2003, and 1,852,700 shares in 2002, as adjusted) was dilutive in 2004 and antidilutive in 2003 and 2002. The effect of stock options was dilutive in 2004, 2003 and 2002.
 
    Basic and diluted earnings per common share were computed as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
Basic and diluted earnings per common share:
                       
Net income
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
Less preferred stock dividends
    (27,158 )     (21,593 )     (13,774 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income attributable to common stockholders — basic
    144,707       91,721       72,189  
Plus convertible preferred stock dividends
    1,189              
 
                 
Income attributable to common stockholders — diluted
  $ 145,896     $ 91,721     $ 72,189  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year (1)
    163,348       160,734       150,712  
 
                       
Dilutive potential common shares — stock options (1)
    5,276       4,596       1,779  
Assumed conversion of preferred stock
    1,819              
 
                 
 
                       
Total
    170,443       165,330       152,491  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.89     $ 0.57     $ 0.48  
 
                 
Diluted earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.86     $ 0.55     $ 0.47  
 
                 


(1)   Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in December 2004 and distributed both on January 10, 2005, and the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in November 2003 and distributed both on December 10, 2003.

    Comprehensive Income – Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the stockholders’ equity section of the statement of financial condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale.

78


Table of Contents

    Recent Accounting Developments
 
    Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Those statements changed the accounting for business combinations and goodwill in two significant ways. SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. Use of the pooling-of-interest method is prohibited. SFAS No. 142 changes the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment-only approach. Thus, amortization of goodwill, including goodwill recorded in past business combinations, ceased upon adoption of this statement. Adoption of SFAS No. 141 and No. 142 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement cost. SFAS No. 143 became effective on January 1, 2003 and did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions. Implementation of SFAS No. 144 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of SFAS No. 13, and Technical Corrections. SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt-an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30, which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Opinion No. 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS No. 145 also amends SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale–leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. SFAS No. 145 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). The provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. Implementation of SFAS No. 146 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9. Except for transactions between two or more mutual enterprises, SFAS No. 147 removes acquisitions of financial institutions from the scope of both SFAS No. 72 and Interpretation No. 9 and requires that those transactions be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In addition, SFAS No. 147 amends SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets to include in its scope long-term customer-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions such as depositor-and-borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholder’s intangible assets. SFAS No. 147 was effective for acquisitions or impairment measurement of such intangibles effective on or after October 1, 2002. SFAS No. 147 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

79


Table of Contents

    In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34. This interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in the financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 were applicable for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. This Statement amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company changed the method of accounting for employee stock options from the intrinsic value method to the fair value method. Under the modified prospective method selected by the Company under the provisions of SFAS No. 148, compensation cost recognized since January 1, 2003 is the same that would have been recognized had the recognition provisions of FASB No. 123 been applied from its original effective date. Results prior to 2003 were not restated. The effect of implementing this Statement on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was a charge of $895,000 and of $1,031,000, respectively to compensation expense included in salaries and employees’ benefits in the consolidated statement of income.
 
    Prior to January 1, 2003, the Company followed the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. Compensation expense under this method was generally recognized for any excess of the quoted market price of the Company’s stock at the measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Since all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock at the grant date, no compensation expense was recognized at the measurement date.
 
    In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. FIN 46 addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is a corporation, partnership, trust, or any other legal structure used for business purposes that either (a) does not issue voting interests (or other interests with similar rights) or (b) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities. FIN 46 requires an enterprise to consolidate a variable interest entity if that enterprise has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses if these occur, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns if these occur, or both. Qualifying Special Purpose Entities are exempt from the consolidation requirements. In addition to numerous FASB Staff Positions written to clarify and improve the application of FIN 46, the FASB announced a deferral for certain entities, and an amendment to FIN 46 entitled FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46R). FIN 46R must be applied to interests in all entities subject to the interpretation as of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15, 2004. FIN 46R did not have any effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

80


Table of Contents

    In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This Statement (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6 (b) of SFAS No. 133, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying to conform it to language used in FIN No. 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. This Statement was effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Implementation of SFAS No. 149 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 is effective for all freestanding financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. For all other freestanding financial instruments, it became effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. SFAS No. 150 applies to three categories of freestanding financial instruments (mandatory redeemable instruments, instruments with repurchase obligations and instruments with obligations to issue a variable number of shares). Instruments within the scope of SFAS No. 150 must be classified as liabilities in the statement of financial condition. Certain provisions of SFAS No. 150 related to mandatory redeemable financial instruments have been subsequently deferred indefinitely by the FASB. The Company does not have mandatory redeemable financial instruments outstanding. Implementation of SFAS No. 150 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans and Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for acquired loans that show evidence of having deteriorated in terms of credit quality since their origination (i.e. impaired loans). SOP 03-3 requires acquired loans to be recorded at their fair value defined as the present value of future cash flows. SOP 03-3 prohibits the carryover of an allowance for loan losses on certain acquired loans as credit losses are considered in the future cash flows assessment. SOP 03-3 is effective for loans that are acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. The Company will evaluate the applicability of this SOP for all prospective loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004.
 
    In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue 03-1, Meaning of Other Than Temporary Impairment (“Issue 03-1”). The Task Force reached a consensus on an other-than-temporary impairment model for debt and equity securities accounted for under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and cost method investments. The basic model developed by the Task Force in evaluating whether an investment within the scope of Issue 03-1 is other-than-temporarily impaired is as follows: Step 1: Determine whether an investment is impaired. An investment is considered impaired if its fair value is less than its cost. Step 2: Evaluate whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. For equity securities and debt securities that can contractually be prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its cost, an impairment is presumed to be other-than-temporary unless: the investor

81


Table of Contents

    has the ability and intent to hold the investment for a reasonable period of time sufficient for a forecasted market price recovery of the investment, and evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. For other debt securities, an impairment is deemed other-than-temporary if: the investor does not have the ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted market price recovery (may mean until maturity), or it is probable that the investor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the debt security. Step 3: If the impairment is other-than-temporary, recognize in earnings an impairment loss equal to the difference between the investment cost and its fair value. The fair value of the investment then becomes the new cost basis of the investment and cannot be adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value, unless required by other authoritative literature.
 
    On September 30, 2004, the FASB issued FSP EITF Issue 03-01-1, which delayed the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance of an impairment loss that is other-than-temporary (i.e. steps 2 and 3 of the impairment model) contained in paragraphs 10-20 of EITF 03-1. Application of these paragraphs is deferred pending issuance of proposed FSP EITF Issue 03-1a. This delay does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than-temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. The guidance in paragraphs 6 to 9 of EITF 03-1 (i.e. step 1 of the impairment model), as well as the disclosure requirements in paragraphs 21 and 22 were not deferred and were applied based on the transition provisions in EITF 03-1. Based on the composition of the investment portfolio held at December 31, 2004, EITF 03-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    On March 9, 2004, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments, (“SAB 105”) to inform registrants of the Staff’s view that the fair value of the recorded loan commitments should not consider the expected future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the future loan. The provisions of SAB 105 is applicable to loan commitments accounted for as derivatives that are entered into after March 31, 2004. The staff will not object to the application of existing accounting practices to loan commitments accounted for as derivatives that are entered into on or before March 31, 2004, with appropriate disclosures. The adoption of SAB 105 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
    In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. The guidance in that Opinion, however, included certain exceptions to that principle. This Statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. This Statement shall be applied prospectively and is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date of issuance of this Statement. SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, that will require compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. With limited exceptions, the amount of compensation cost will be measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. In addition, liability awards will be remeasured each reporting period. Compensation cost will be recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123® replaces FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB

82


Table of Contents

    Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. SFAS No. 123 (R) will be effective as of the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005 and applies to all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date. The cumulative effect of initially applying this statement, if any, is recognized as of the required effective date. Entities that used the fair-value-based method for either recognition or disclosure under SFAS No. 123 will apply this revised statement using a modified version of prospective application. Under that transition method, for the portion of outstanding awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, compensation cost is recognized on or after the required effective date based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated under SFAS No. 123 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures. For periods before the required effective date, those entities may elect to apply a modified version of retrospective application under which financial statements for prior periods are adjusted on a basis consistent with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods by SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123® is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations since the Company only has employee stock options and it follows the fair value method under the modified prospective application allowed by the provisions of SFAS No. 148 since January 1, 2003, as previously explained.
 
2.   FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND RESELL AGREEMENTS:
 
    The Company sold federal funds and enters into purchases of securities under agreements to resell the same securities (“resell agreements”). These agreements are classified as secured loans and are reflected as assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
    At December 31, 2004 and 2003, federal funds sold and resell agreements (classified by counterparty) were as follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Federal funds sold:
               
 
Citibank N.A. — Puerto Rico
  $ 291,900     $ 313,501  
Government Development Bank for Puerto Rico
    25,000        
Firstbank Puerto Rico
    25,000        
 
           
 
               
Subtotal
    341,900       313,501  
 
           
 
               
Resell agreements:
               
 
               
Credit Suisse First Boston
    500,000       200,000  
UBS Financial Services Incorporated of Puerto Rico
    70,396       75,076  
Popular Securities, Inc.
    55,007       55,074  
Citibank N.A. — Puerto Rico
    50,000        
Doral Securities, Inc.
          6,201  
 
           
 
               
Subtotal
    675,403       336,351  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 1,017,303     $ 649,852  
 
           

83


Table of Contents

    A comparative summary of resell agreements as of December 31, were as follows:

                                 
    2004     2003  
            Fair             Fair  
            Value of             Value of  
    Receivable     Underlying     Receivable     Underlying  
Underlying Collateral   Balance     Collateral     Balance     Collateral  
    (In thousands)  
Investment securities:
                               
U.S. Government and agencies obligations
  $     $     $ 63,096     $ 64,371  
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations
    70,396       76,249       67,054       68,403  
U.S. municipal bonds
    20,522       21,476              
Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) certificates
    200,000       198,694                  
Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) certificates
    350,000       360,525       201,660       268,567  
Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) certificates
                    4,541       4,678  
Other mortgage and asset-backed securities
    34,485       35,193              
 
                       
Total — excluding accrued interest receivable
  $ 675,403     $ 692,137     $ 336,351     $ 406,019  
 
                       
 
Accrued interest receivable on resell agreements
  $ 2,943             $ 2,159          
 
                           

    Information about the fair value of collateral received that the Company is permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge at December 31, 2004 and 2003 is as follows:

                                 
    2004     2003  
            Collateral Sold             Collateral Sold  
    Collateral     under Repurchase     Collateral     under Repurchase  
    Received     Agreements     Received     Agreements  
    (In thousands)  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
FNMA certificates
  $ 326,605     $ 326,605     $ 266,855     $ 266,855  
FHLMC certificates
    198,694       198,694              
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 525,299     $ 525,299     $ 266,855     $ 266,855  
 
                       

84


Table of Contents

The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral when the fair value of the underlying collateral falls to less than the collateral requirement. The collateral requirement is equal to 102 percent of the related receivable, including interest. At December 31, 2004, resell agreements amounting to $125.4 million mature the next business day, $200.0 million mature in 2009 and $350.0 million mature in 2010. At December 31, 2004, there are $550.0 million in resell agreements where the counterparty has the option to terminate the agreement quarterly, at each interest payment date. Securities purchased under resell agreements may be held in safekeeping, in the name of the Company, by Citibank N.A., the Company’s custodian, or held by the counterparty. At December 31, 2004, all collateral was held by the counterparties.

3.     INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of investment securities at December 31, were as follows:

                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2004   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (In thousands)  
Available for sale:
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO’s) issued or guaranteed by FNMA
  $ 6,298     $     $ 182     $ 6,116  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    1,795             30       1,765  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 8,093     $     $ 212     $ 7,881  
 
                       
 
                               
Held to maturity:
                               
U.S. Government and agencies obligations
  $ 6,004,849     $ 6,181     $ 32,457     $ 5,978,573  
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations
    34,822       303       540       34,585  
Commercial paper
    25,000       87             25,087  
Corporate notes
    26,418       2,193             28,611  
 
                       
 
                               
Subtotal
    6,091,089       8,764       32,997       6,066,856  
 
                       
 
                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
GNMA certificates
    9,881       484             10,365  
FHLMC certificates
    5,663       334             5,997  
FNMA certificates
    3,642       245             3,887  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    706,632       14       58,171       648,475  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FNMA
    104,441       20       3,175       101,286  
CMO’s other
    31                   31  
 
                       
 
                               
Subtotal
    830,290       1,097       61,346       770,041  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 6,921,379     $ 9,861     $ 94,343     $ 6,836,897  
 
                       

85


Table of Contents

                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
             December 31, 2003   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (In thousands)  
Available for sale:
                               
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FNMA
  $ 30,647     $     $ 699     $ 29,948  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    20,345             383       19,962  
Equity securities - preferred stock
    5,000       170             5,170  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 55,992     $ 170     $ 1,082     $ 55,080  
 
                       
 
                               
Held to maturity:
                               
U.S. Government and agencies obligations
  $ 4,463,493     $ 15,632     $ 35,811     $ 4,443,314  
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations
    34,500       287       292       34,495  
Commercial paper
    174,976                   174,976  
Corporate notes
    51,409       3,196             54,605  
 
                       
 
                               
Subtotal
    4,724,378       19,115       36,103       4,707,390  
 
                       
 
                               
Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
                               
FHLMC certificates
    7,297       445             7,742  
GNMA certificates
    9,753       475             10,228  
FNMA certificates
    4,542       303             4,845  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    885,408       442       67,390       818,460  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FNMA
    84,322       2       2,183       82,141  
CMO’s other
    168                   168  
Asset-backed securities
    7,842                   7,842  
 
                       
 
                               
Subtotal
    999,332       1,667       69,573       931,426  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 5,723,710     $ 20,782     $ 105,676     $ 5,638,816  
 
                       

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities held to maturity at December 31, 2004, by contractual maturity (excluding mortgage-backed securities), are shown below.

                 
    Held to Maturity  
    Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value  
    (In thousands)  
Due within one year
  $ 127,921     $ 128,025  
Due after one year through five years
    4,123,884       4,111,365  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,816,509       1,802,670  
Due after ten years
    22,775       24,796  
 
           
 
               
Total
    6,091,089       6,066,856  
Mortgage-backed securities
    830,290       770,041  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 6,921,379     $ 6,836,897  
 
           

86


Table of Contents

The following table provides the gross unrealized losses, fair value and number of investment positions, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2004:

                                                         
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
            Gross             Gross             Gross     Number of  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Investment  
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Positions  
    (In thousands)  
Available for sale:
                                                       
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FNMA
  $ 6,116     $ 182     $     $     $ 6,116     $ 182       1  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    1,765       30                   1,765       30       1  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
 
  $ 7,881     $ 212     $     $     $ 7,881     $ 212       2  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Held to maturity:
                                                       
U.S. Government and agencies obligations
  $ 2,069,646     $ 6,359     $ 1,503,901     $ 26,098     $ 3,573,547     $ 32,457       40  
Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations
    17,493       540                   17,493       540       6  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Subtotal
    2,087,139       6,899       1,503,901       26,098       3,591,040       32,997       46  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
                                                       
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FHLMC
    41,553       810       592,513       57,361       634,066       58,171       12  
CMO’s issued or guaranteed by FNMA
    39,430       888       56,148       2,287       95,578       3,175       5  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Subtotal
    80,983       1,698       648,661       59,648       729,644       61,346       17  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Total
  $ 2,168,122     $ 8,597     $ 2,152,562     $ 85,746     $ 4,320,684     $ 94,343       63  
 
                                         

At December 31, 2003, all of the Company’s investment securities in an unrealized loss position were in such position for less than twelve months.

The Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2004, consisted principally of U.S. Government and agencies obligations, Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations, and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA or GNMA. There were no investment securities other than those referred to above in unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2004. These unrealized losses relate to interest rate changes. Investment securities with prepayment provisions did not have significant unamortized premiums at December 31, 2004. As the Company has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available for sale, no declines are deemed to be other-than-temporary.

87


Table of Contents

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale and the respective gross realized gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, were as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Proceeds from sales
  $ 130,066     $ 50,803     $ 661,090  
Gross realized gains
    128       1,313       3,250  
Gross realized losses
          8,984       1,742  

Unencumbered investment securities held to maturity at December 31, 2004, amounted to $462,176,000 after taking into account the investment securities pledged (Note 7), those sold under agreements to repurchase (Note 8), those pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of $6,000,000 and those pledged to the Puerto Rico Treasury Department (for Westernbank’s International Division) of $500,000. Pledged investment securities amounting to $6,380,665,000 and $5,184,176,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, can be repledged.

Nontaxable interest income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, amounted to $267,392,000, $188,669,000, and $163,387,000, respectively. Nontaxable interest income relates mostly to interest earned on government and agencies obligations of the United States and Puerto Rico, and certain mortgage-backed securities, loans and investments of Westernbank’s International division.

The Company evaluates for impairment its investment securities on a quarterly basis or earlier if other factors indicative of potential impairment exist. An impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income is recognized when the decline in the fair value of the securities below their cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers various factors in determining whether it should recognize an impairment charge, including, but not limited to the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been below its cost basis, the expectations for that security’s performance, the credit worthiness of the issuer, and the Company’s intention and ability to hold the security to maturity.

The impairment analysis on the mortgage and asset-backed securities is done placing special emphasis on the analysis of the trustee and collateral manager monthly reports, on sensitivity and expected cash flow analyses made by major brokerage houses and on the credit worthiness of the issuer. The Company also considers its intent and ability to hold these securities. If management believes, based on the analysis, that the principal and interest obligations on any mortgage and asset-backed security will not be received in a timely manner, the security is written down to fair value based on available secondary market prices from broker/dealers.

The equity securities and corporate notes impairment analyses are performed and reviewed quarterly based on the latest financial information and any supporting research report made by major brokerage houses. These analyses are subjective and based, among other things, on relevant financial data such as capitalization, cash flows, liquidity, systematic risk, and debt outstanding. Management also considers the industry trends, the historical performance of the stock, as well as the Company’s intent to hold the security. If management believes there is a low probability of achieving book value in a reasonable time frame, then an impairment is recorded by writing down the security to fair value.

In applying the foregoing analysis, management concluded that at March 31, 2003, its investments in corporate bond and loan obligations (“CBO’s and CLO’s”) were other-than-temporarily impaired. First, two tranches of a CBO with an amortized cost of $13.0 million were downgraded by two different rating agencies on April 3 and April 15, 2003. Second, the available secondary market prices for those two securities and the remaining portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s with a carrying value of $56.0 million continued to deteriorate. Management concluded, based on these facts and the secondary market prices, that a $15.7 million other-than-temporary impairment write-down adjustment was warranted. The same was recorded effective for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003. As of March 31, 2003, there were no defaults within the securities portfolio underlying the CBO’s and CLO’s. In connection with the write-down, and in accordance with applicable accounting pronouncements, management also reassessed its intent to hold to maturity and reclassified the securities related to the CBO’s that were downgraded as available for sale as of March 31, 2003.

88


Table of Contents

During the quarter ended June 30, 2003, the Company, based upon additional information available from trustees, further ratings downgrading, a default on the scheduled interest payment in one of the CBO tranches and further declines in quoted market prices for such investments, reclassified the remaining portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s to available for sale and subsequently on June 6, 2003 sold its entire portfolio of CBO’s and CLO’s. The sale of the portfolio, with an original total investment of $62.9 million and adjusted to a fair value of $45.4 million as of March 31, 2003, was completed at an additional net loss of $7.0 million which was recorded during the quarter ended June 30, 2003.

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, management concluded that there was no other-than-temporary impairment on its investment securities portfolio.

4.    LOANS:

The loan portfolio at December 31, consisted of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
REAL ESTATE LOANS SECURED BY FIRST MORTGAGES:
               
Commercial real estate
  $ 3,167,439     $ 2,269,380  
Residential real estate, mainly one-to-four-family residences
    903,967       894,695  
Construction and land acquisition
    331,221       207,593  
 
           
 
               
Total
    4,402,627       3,371,668  
 
           
 
               
Plus (less):
               
Undisbursed portion of loans in process
    (3,076 )     (4,993 )
Premium on loans purchased
    690       1,016  
Deferred loan fees - net
    (14,480 )     (9,615 )
 
           
 
               
Total
    (16,866 )     (13,592 )
 
           
 
               
Real estate loans - net
    4,385,761       3,358,076  
 
           
 
               
OTHER LOANS:
               
Commercial loans
    768,845       526,105  
Consumer loans:
               
Loans on deposits
    29,587       30,805  
Credit cards
    53,268       54,832  
Installment
    789,095       777,573  
Plus (less):
               
Premium on loans purchased
    1,337       2,281  
Deferred loan fees - net
    (6,594 )     (4,946 )
 
           
 
               
Other loans - net
    1,635,538       1,386,650  
 
           
 
               
TOTAL LOANS
    6,021,299       4,744,726  
 
               
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
    (80,066 )     (61,608 )
 
           
 
               
LOANS - NET
  $ 5,941,233     $ 4,683,118  
 
           

89


Table of Contents

The Company originated commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, during 2004 amounting to $1,699,693,000. The outstanding balances of these loans totaled $3,167,439,000 at December 31, 2004. In general, commercial real estate loans are considered by management to be of somewhat greater risk of uncollectibility due to the dependency on income production or future development of the real estate. The commercial real estate loans are principally collateralized by property dedicated to wholesale, retail and rental business activities. Foreign loans amounted to $2,237,000 and $2,485,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The Company originates mortgage loans for portfolio investment or sale in the secondary market. During the period of origination, mortgage loans are designated as held for either sale or investment purposes. Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, mortgage loans with a cost of $1,642,000 and $2,568,000, respectively, were designated as held for sale.

The following table reflects the outstanding principal balance of non-accrual loans and the corresponding effect on earnings:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Outstanding principal balance at end of year
  $ 34,269     $ 31,246     $ 19,405  
 
                 
 
                       
Interest that would have been recorded if the loans had been performing and not been classified as non-accrual
  $ 3,557     $ 2,500     $ 1,102  
 
                 

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the unpaid principal balance of these loans amounted to $296,626,000 and $309,974,000, respectively. Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors and foreclosure processing. Loan servicing income includes servicing fees from investors and certain charges collected from borrowers, such as late payment fees. In connection with the loans serviced for others, the Company held borrowers’ escrow balances of $1,013,000 and $951,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Mortgage servicing rights, included as other assets, amounted to $3,302,000 and $2,822,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company capitalized mortgage servicing rights amounting to $904,000, $1,544,000 and $607,000, respectively. Amortization of mortgage servicing rights was $424,000, $648,000, and $772,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights approximates fair value.

In the normal course of business, the Company engages in business transactions with its directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and organizations associated with them. Loans to related parties, mainly mortgage loans for purchase of the principal residence, are substantially on the same terms as loans to non-related parties. The aggregate amount of loans outstanding to related parties at December 31, 2004 and 2003 totaled $797,000 and $718,000, respectively.

90


Table of Contents

Changes in the allowance for loan losses are summarized below:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Balance - at January 1
  $ 61,608     $ 47,114     $ 38,364  
Provision charged to income
    36,691       27,048       15,083  
Recoveries of loans previously written off
    3,970       2,312       1,632  
Write-off of uncollectible accounts
    (22,203 )     (14,866 )     (7,965 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance - at December 31
  $ 80,066     $ 61,608     $ 47,114  
 
                 

The total investment in impaired commercial and construction loans at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $54,175,000 and $50,305,000, respectively. All impaired commercial and construction loans were measured based on the fair value of collateral at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Impaired commercial and construction loans amounting to $29,975,000 and $28,217,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, were covered by a valuation allowance of $8,412,000 and $4,646,000, respectively. Impaired commercial and construction loans amounting to $24,200,000 and $22,088,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, did not require a valuation allowance in accordance with SFAS No. 114. The average investment in impaired commercial and construction loans during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, amounted to $46,509,000, $46,676,000 and $46,147,000, respectively. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest income related to impaired loans on a cash basis, when these are over 90 days in arrears on payments of principal or interest. Interest on impaired commercial and construction loans collected and recognized as income during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, amounted to $2,460,000, $2,452,000 and $4,041,000, respectively.

5.   FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE HELD FOR SALE:

Foreclosed real estate held for sale at December 31, consisted of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Balance, foreclosed real estate held for sale:
               
Residential (1 - 4 units)
  $ 1,739     $ 1,832  
Commercial
    2,378       2,278  
 
           
 
               
Total
    4,117       4,110  
Less valuation allowance
    306       28  
 
           
 
               
Foreclosed real estate held for sale - net
  $ 3,811     $ 4,082  
 
           

Changes in the allowance for foreclosed real estate held for sale are summarized below:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Balance - at January 1
  $ 28     $ 51     $ 318  
Provision
    553       37       126  
Write-offs
    (275 )     (60 )     (393 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance - at December 31
  $ 306     $ 28     $ 51  
 
                 

91


Table of Contents

6.   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

Premises and equipment at December 31, consisted of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Land and improvements
  $ 30,019     $ 30,722  
Buildings and improvements
    54,958       55,086  
Furniture and equipment
    20,633       20,961  
Leasehold improvements
    11,744       13,124  
Construction in progress
    10,079       4,459  
 
           
Total
    127,433       124,352  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    17,382       20,982  
 
           
Total
  $ 110,051     $ 103,370  
 
           

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, amounted to $7,034,000, $7,293,000 and $6,856,000, respectively.

7.   DEPOSITS AND INTEREST EXPENSE:

Deposits at December 31, consisted of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Noninterest bearing accounts
  $ 249,368     $ 192,760  
Passbook accounts
    829,424       692,190  
NOW accounts
    269,716       218,616  
Super NOW accounts
    33,864       27,723  
Money market accounts
    100       198  
Certificates of deposit
    4,818,892       4,230,477  
 
           
 
               
Total
    6,201,364       5,361,964  
Accrued interest payable
    29,847       23,512  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 6,231,211     $ 5,385,476  
 
           

The weighted average interest rate of all deposits at December 31, 2004 and 2003, was approximately 2.75% and 2.26%, respectively. At December 31, 2004, the aggregate amount of deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more was $875,272,000 ($719,933,000 at December 31, 2003). Certificates of deposit include brokered deposits of $4,159,016,000 and $3,510,482,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Deposits of directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and organizations associated with them amounted to $13,112,000 and $9,255,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

92


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2004, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

         
Year Ending   Amount  
December 31,   (In thousands)  
2005
  $ 2,927,546  
2006
    345,687  
2007
    361,797  
2008
    231,558  
2009
    428,752  
Thereafter
    523,552  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 4,818,892  
 
     

At December 31, 2004, the Company had pledged investment securities held to maturity with a carrying value of $64,134,000 and mortgage-backed securities held to maturity with a carrying value of $10,090,000 to secure public funds, and mortgage-backed securities held to maturity with a carrying value of $338,000 as bond requirement for individual retirement accounts.

A summary of interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Passbook
  $ 16,787     $ 13,014     $ 12,520  
NOW, Super NOW and Money Market accounts
    5,267       4,085       3,598  
Certificates of deposit
    121,806       97,656       98,256  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 143,860     $ 114,755     $ 114,374  
 
                 

8.   FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS:

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements, and the related weighted interest rates at December 31, 2004 and 2003, consisted of the following:

                                 
    2004     2003  
            Weighted             Weighted  
            Interest             Interest  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Federal funds purchased
  $ 75,029       2.37 %   $       %
Repurchase agreements
    6,608,498       2.86       5,046,045       2.36  
 
                           
 
                               
Total
  $ 6,683,527             $ 5,046,045          
 
                           

93


Table of Contents

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase the same securities (“repurchase agreements”). Repurchase agreements are classified as secured borrowings and are reflected as a liability in the consolidated statements of financial condition. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, all of the Company’s transactions were fixed-coupon repurchase agreements including $482,848,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003 of long-term agreements with fixed rate step-up schedule. During the period of such agreements, the securities were delivered to the counterparties. The dealers may have sold, loaned, or otherwise disposed of such securities to other parties in the normal course of their operations, and have agreed to resell to the Company the same securities at the maturities of the agreements. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.

Repurchase agreements at December 31, 2004, mature as follows: within 30 days — $4,254,508,000; 31 days to one year — $703,956,000; in 2006 — $47,500,000; in 2007 — $585,336,000; and in 2010 and thereafter — $1,017,198,000. At December 31, 2004, with respect to repurchase agreements amounting to $1,556,348,000, the counterparties have the option to terminate the agreements at the first anniversary date and each interest payment date thereafter. For FHLB repurchase agreements, see Note 10.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, repurchase agreements (classified by counterparty) were as follows:

                                 
    2004     2003  
            Fair Value             Fair Value  
    Borrowing     of Underlying     Borrowing     of Underlying  
    Balance     Collateral     Balance     Collateral  
    (In thousands)  
UBS Financial Services Incorporated of Puerto Rico
  $ 1,442,685     $ 1,484,428     $ 1,382,725     $ 1,435,734  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
    832,893       851,527       649,000       648,936  
Lehman Brothers Inc. and affiliates
    504,448       604,556       504,448       612,581  
Merrill Lynch Government Securities Inc. and affiliates
    869,340       878,663       529,951       535,440  
Bear, Stearns and Company, Inc.
    278,391       301,852       534,273       564,947  
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
    640,154       625,851       339,508       414,672  
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and affiliates
    599,025       617,572       441,800       469,819  
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
    1,012,000       1,024,200       431,950       445,362  
Wachovia Securities, LLC
    161,244       165,019       182,390       184,217  
Doral Securities, Inc.
    49,245       50,062       50,000       50,766  
Barclays Capital, Inc.
    49,450       49,641              
J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc.
    169,623       172,122              
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 6,608,498     $ 6,825,493     $ 5,046,045     $ 5,362,474  
 
                       

94


Table of Contents

Borrowings under repurchase agreements at December 31, were collateralized as follows:

                                 
    2004     2003  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
Securities Underlying   Value of     Value of     Value of     Value of  
Repurchase   Underlying     Underlying     Underlying     Underlying  
Agreements   Collateral     Collateral     Collateral     Collateral  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Government and agencies obligations - held to maturity
  $ 5,596,079     $ 5,573,172     $ 4,255,219     $ 4,234,831  
Mortgage-backed securities purchased under agreements to resell
    529,305       525,299       200,000       266,855  
Mortgage-backed securities - held to maturity
    778,287       720,906       880,486       813,352  
Mortgage-backed securities - available for sale
    6,116       6,116       47,436       47,436  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
    6,909,787     $ 6,825,493       5,383,141     $ 5,362,474  
 
                           
 
                               
Accrued interest receivable of underlying securities
    54,029               48,973          
 
                           
 
                               
Total
  $ 6,963,816             $ 5,432,114          
 
                           

95


Table of Contents

A summary of short-term borrowings, including federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (see Note 10), and interest rates at and for the year ended December 31, are indicated below:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Federal funds purchased:
               
Balance at end of year
  $ 75,029     $  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.37 %     %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 23,753     $ 8,500  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.95 %     1.34 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 95,005     $ 75,000  
 
               
Repurchase agreements:
               
Balance at end of year
  $ 4,138,257     $ 1,648,891  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.30 %     1.21 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 2,377,042     $ 1,093,921  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.67 %     1.24 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 4,206,540     $ 1,717,184  
 
               
Advances from FHLB:
               
Balance at end of year
  $ 25,000     $ 40,000  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.41 %     1.20 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 21,250     $ 31,917  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.65 %     1.33 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 50,000     $ 64,000  
 
               
Total short-term borrowings:
               
Balance at end of year
  $ 4,238,286     $ 1,688,891  
Weighted-average interest rate at year end
    2.30 %     1.21 %
Monthly average outstanding balance
  $ 2,422,045     $ 1,134,338  
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
    1.67 %     1.24 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 4,238,286     $ 1,832,184  

9.   LINES OF CREDIT:

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, Westernbank had line of credit agreements with six and four commercial banks, respectively, permitting Westernbank to borrow a maximum aggregate amount of $245,000,000 and $125,000,000, mainly through federal funds purchased. There were $75.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2004 (there were no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2003, under such lines of credit). The agreements provide for unsecured advances to be used by Westernbank on an overnight basis. Interest rate is negotiated at the time of the transaction usually at Fed Fund rate. The credit agreements are renewable annually.

96


Table of Contents

10.   ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND MORTGAGE NOTE PAYABLE:

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and mortgage note payable, and the related weighted interest rates at December 31, consisted of the following:

                                 
    2004     2003  
            Weighted             Weighted  
            Interest             Interest  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
ADVANCES FROM FHLB:
                               
Fixed rate convertible advances (2.41 % to 6.66 %)
  $ 211,000       3.78 %   $ 146,000       4.06 %
 
                       
 
                               
MORTGAGE NOTE:
                               
Fixed rate mortgage note
  $ 36,858       8.05 %   $ 37,234       8.05 %
 
                       

Advances and repurchase agreements (Note 8) are received from the FHLB under an agreement whereby the Company is required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% and 105% of the outstanding advances and repurchase agreements, respectively. At December 31, 2004, convertible advances were secured by mortgage loans amounting to $331,481,000. At the advances’ and repurchase agreements’ first anniversary date and each quarter thereafter, the FHLB has the option to convert them into replacement funding for the same or a lesser principal amount based on any funding then offered by FHLB at the then current market rates, unless the interest rate has been predetermined between FHLB and the Company. If the Company chooses not to replace the funding, it will repay the convertible advances and reverse repurchase agreements, including any accrued interest, on such optional conversion date.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, Westernbank World Plaza, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Westernbank Puerto Rico, had outstanding $36.9 million and $37.2 million, respectively, of a mortgage note, at an interest rate of 8.05% per year up to September 11, 2009. Subsequent to September 11, 2009, the mortgage note will bear interest on the then outstanding principal balance at a rate per year equal to the (1) greater of 13.05% or the Treasury Rate plus five percentage points or (2) 10.05%, depending on the fulfillment of certain conditions on the repricing date. Westernbank World Plaza, Inc. has a prepayment option on the repricing date, without penalty. The mortgage note is collateralized by a 23-story office building, including its related parking facility, located in Hato Rey, Puerto Rico.

97


Table of Contents

Advances from FHLB and the mortgage note payable by contractual maturities at December 31, 2004, were as follows:

                 
    Advances     Mortgage  
Year Ending   from FHLB     Note Payable  
December 31,   (In thousands)  
2005
  $ 39,000     $ 418  
2006
    70,000       454  
2007
    60,000       492  
2008
          526  
2009
          579  
Thereafter
    42,000       34,389  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 211,000     $ 36,858  
 
           

11.   INCOME TAXES:

Under the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated tax returns. The Company, Westernbank, Westernbank Insurance Corp. and SRG Net, Inc. are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

Westernbank World Plaza, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Westernbank, elected to be treated as a special partnership under the Code; accordingly, its taxable income is taxed by Westernbank.

The Code provides a dividend received deduction of 100%, on dividends received from wholly owned subsidiaries subject to income taxation in Puerto Rico. The income on certain investments is exempt for income tax purposes. Also, Westernbank International division operates as an International Banking Entity (“IBE”) under the International Banking Regulatory Act. Under Puerto Rico tax law, an IBE can hold non-Puerto Rico assets, and earn interest on these assets, as well as generate fee income outside of Puerto Rico on a tax-exempt basis under certain circumstances. As a result of the above, the Company’s effective tax rate is substantially below the statutory rate.

Pursuant to the provisions of Act No. 13 of January 8, 2004 (the “Act”), for taxable years commencing after June 30, 2003, the net income earned by an IBE that operates as a unit of a bank under the Puerto Rico Banking Law, will be considered taxable and subject to income taxes at the current tax rates in the amount by which the IBE taxable income exceeds 40% in the first applicable taxable year (2004), 30% in the second year (2005) and 20% thereafter, of the taxable income of Westernbank, including its IBE taxable income. Westernbank’s IBE carries on its books a significant amount of securities which are, irrespective of the IBE status, tax exempt by law. Moreover, the Act provides that IBE’s operating as subsidiaries will continue to be exempt from the payment of income taxes. At December 31, 2004, management estimated that the provisions of the Act did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

98


Table of Contents

Accrued income tax payable amounted to $2,444,000 and $19,826,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and is included as part of “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in the accompanying statements of financial condition. The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Current
  $ 28,182     $ 29,346     $ 18,619  
Deferred credit
    (6,096 )     (8,575 )     (2,518 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 22,086     $ 20,771     $ 16,101  
 
                 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed by applying the Puerto Rico income tax statutory rate to the tax provision as reported for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
            % of Pre-             % of Pre-             % of Pre-  
            tax             tax             tax  
    Amount     Income     Amount     Income     Amount     Income  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Computed at Puerto Rico statutory rate
  $ 75,641       39 %   $ 52,293       39 %   $ 39,805       39 %
 
                                               
Effect on provision of:
                                               
Exempt interest income, net
    (50,940 )     (26 )     (34,078 )     (25 )     (25,700 )     (25 )
Nondeductible expenses, net
    159             169             12        
Other
    (2,774 )     (2 )     2,387       1       1,984       2  
 
                                   
Provision for income tax as reported
  $ 22,086       11 %   $ 20,771       15 %   $ 16,101       16 %
 
                                   

99


Table of Contents

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, consisted of the following:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 30,098     $ 22,899  
Capital losses on sale of investment securities, expire in 2008
    4,912       5,604  
Net operating loss carryfowards, expire through 2009
    620        
Unrealized loss in valuation of derivative instruments
    415        
Other
    172       154  
 
           
 
               
Total deferred tax assets
    36,217       28,657  
Less valuation allowance
    5,032       1,718  
 
           
Subtotal
    31,185       26,939  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Unrealized gain in valuation of derivative instruments
          746  
Unrealized gain in securities available for sale
          21  
Other
    158       1,262  
 
           
 
               
Total deferred tax liabilities
    158       2,029  
 
           
 
               
Deferred income taxes, net
  $ 31,027     $ 24,910  
 
           

Changes in the valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets were as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Balance - at January 1
  $ 1,718     $ 6     $ 39  
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance
    3,314       1,712       (33 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance - at December 31
  $ 5,032     $ 1,718     $ 6  
 
                 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient future taxable income or capital gains. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income or capital gains are not met.

100


Table of Contents

12.   NET GAIN (LOSS) ON SALES AND VALUATION OF LOANS, SECURITIES AND OTHER ASSETS:

Net gain (loss) on sales and valuation of loans, securities and other assets for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Trading account securities, mainly related to loans securitized
  $ 314     $ 1,657     $ (866 )
Investment securities available for sale
    128       (7,671 )     1,508  
Impairment on investment securities held to maturity
          (15,701 )      
Mortgage loans held for sale
    1,649       2       306  
Other
    538       764       2  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 2,629     $ (20,949 )   $ 950  
 
                 

13.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company is a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

The Company, as a Puerto Rico chartered financial holding company, and its subsidiaries are each subject to extensive federal and local government supervision and regulation relating to its financial holding company status and the banking and insurance businesses. There are laws and regulations that restrict transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, the Company benefits from favorable tax treatment of activities relating to the Westernbank’s International Division. Any change in such regulations, whether by applicable regulators or as a result of legislation subsequently enacted by the Congress of the United States or the applicable local legislature, could have a substantial impact on the companies’ operations.

Westernbank has open to investigation its taxable years from 2000 to 2004. The last income tax investigation of the Puerto Rico Treasury Department (the “PRTD”), which covered taxable years 1996 to 1999, resulted in an income tax deficiency of approximately $1.2 million. This deficiency mainly resulted from a differing interpretation in the methodology used to allocate expenses to the exempt income. Westernbank settled the income tax deficiency and agreed to close the investigation without accepting the PRTD’s position. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, management recorded an accrual of $1.6 million to cover this income tax contingency.

The Company has received from the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) notice of a formal order of private investigation into matters that were the subject of a previously announced informal inquiry by the SEC. The inquiry appears to be primarily related to the other-than-temporary impairment charges announced by the Company in April 2003 in connection with its investments in corporate bond and loan obligations. The Company is cooperating fully with the SEC and will continue to do so. The formal order is a confidential document directing a non-public investigation.

101


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2004, the Company is obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for banking premises. Certain leases contain escalation clauses providing for increased rental. Rent expense, including the proportionate share of maintenance expenses of common areas, administrative expenses, property taxes, utilities and insurance expenses, amounted to $2,629,000, $2,576,000, and $2,435,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The projected minimum rental payments under the leases with initial or remaining terms of more than one year, without considering renewal options, and expiring through 2025 are as follows:

         
    Minimum  
Year Ending   Rent  
December 31,   (In thousands)  
2005
  $ 2,373  
2006
    2,112  
2007
    1,413  
2008
    870  
2009
    423  
Thereafter
    359  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 7,550  
 
     

14.   RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS:

Pension Plan

The Company established a retirement plan for directors who were not also executive officers and who elected to retire after January 1, 1988. The Plan generally provided pension benefits ranging from 80% to 100% of the Director’s average remuneration based on consecutive years of service (vesting started after six years) and average earnings during the last five years (three years if the Director has served longer than 25 years). On February 24, 1989, the Plan was substantially amended to limit the pension benefits to only those directors who were founders of the Company, had attained the age of 50 years and had served for 25 consecutive years on the Board. The amended plan provided for pension benefits equal to the Director’s average remuneration during the last three years of service. The other Directors (non-founders) by approving this amendment waived and renounced their pension benefits under the Plan. The accumulated benefit obligation under this Plan was $136,000 as of December 31, 2003. Effective October 2004, all obligations under this plan were extinguished.

Profit-Sharing and Defined Contributions Plans

The Company has a non-contributory deferred profit-sharing plan, covering substantially all of its employees, which provides for retirement and disability benefits. The Company’s contribution to the profit-sharing plan is discretionary. The Company’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $250,000 for each year.

The Company has a defined contribution plan under Section 1165(e) of the Puerto Rico Treasury Department Internal Revenue Code, covering all full-time employees of the Company who have one year of service and are twenty-one years or older. Under the provisions of this Plan, participants may contribute each year from 2% to 10% of their compensation after deducting social security, up to the maximum deferral amount specified by local law. The Company contributes 50 percent of the first 6 percent of base compensation that a participant contributes to the Plan. Participants are immediately vested in their contributions plus actual earnings thereon. The Company’s contributions plus actual earnings thereon are 100 percent vested after three years of credited service. In case of death or disability, a participant or his/her beneficiary will be 100 percent vested regardless of the number of years of credited service. The Company’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, amounted to $376,000, $329,000 and $305,000, respectively.

102


Table of Contents

15.   MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS:

The Company is subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which is administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Westernbank is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and by the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico. Westernbank’s deposits are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund and by the Bank Insurance Fund, which are administered by the FDIC, up to $100,000 per depositor.

The Federal Reserve Board has established guidelines regarding the capital adequacy of bank holding companies, such as the Company. These requirements are substantially similar to those adopted by the FDIC for depository institutions, such as Westernbank, as set forth below.

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and Westernbank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Westernbank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Westernbank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Westernbank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, that the Company and Westernbank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of March 31, 2004 (latest examination date), Westernbank qualified as a well capitalized institution under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. At December 31, 2004, there are no conditions or events since the latest examination date that management believes have changed Westernbank’s category.

103


Table of Contents

The Companies’ actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, are also presented in the table below:

                                                 
                                    Minimum To Be  
                    Minimum     Well Capitalized Under  
                    Capital     Prompt Corrective  
    Actual     Requirement     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount   Ratio  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
As of December 31, 2004:
                                               
 
                                               
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 1,158,444       15.70 %   $ 590,227       8 %     N/A       N/A  
Westernbank
    1,020,296       13.88       587,987       8     $ 734,983       10 %
 
                                               
Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 1,078,377       14.78 %   $ 291,911       4 %     N/A       N/A  
Westernbank
    940,230       12.93       290,791       4     $ 436,186       6 %
 
                                               
Tier I Capital to Average Assets:
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 1,078,377       7.72 %   $ 419,230       3 %     N/A       N/A  
Westernbank
    940,230       6.75       417,582       3     $ 695,971       5 %
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2003:
                                               
 
                                               
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 886,360       14.87 %   $ 476,996       8 %     N/A       N/A  
Westernbank
    880,001       14.76       462,167       8     $ 577,709       10 %
 
                                               
Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 826,618       13.98 %   $ 236,034       4 %     N/A       N/A  
Westernbank
    819,393       13.87       228,619       4     $ 342,929       6 %
 
                                               
Tier I Capital to Average Assets:
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 826,618       7.22 %   $ 343,586       3 %     N/A       N/A  
Westernbank
    819,393       7.19       341,507       3     $ 569,179       5 %

The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders and other activities can be restricted if its capital falls below levels established by the Federal Reserve guidelines. In addition, any bank financial holding company whose capital falls below levels specified in the guidelines can be required to implement a plan to increase capital. Management believes that the Company will continue to meet its capital requirements, cash obligations as they become due and pay dividends as they are declared.

The principal source of income and funds for the Company (parent company) are dividends from its subsidiaries. Federal and Puerto Rico banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by Westernbank to the Company. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of Westernbank, and loans or advances are limited to 10 percent of Westernbank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis.

During 2004, the amount of dividends Westernbank can pay to the Company without prior approval of regulatory agencies is limited to its 2004 eligible net profits, as defined, and its adjusted retained 2003 and 2002 net income. In addition, dividends paid by Westernbank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause Westernbank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

104


Table of Contents

16. COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK TRANSACTIONS:

During 2003 and 2002, the Company acquired and retired shares of common stock as follows: $33,000 (1,903 shares) in 2003; and $42,000 (1,678 shares) in 2002.

On December 6, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of December 31, 2004 and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock split was a decrease in retained earnings and an increase in common stock of approximately $54.6 million.

On December 13, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a two percent (2%) stock dividend, for stockholders of record as of December 30, 2004 and distributed on January 10, 2005. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease in retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of approximately $45.8 million, $43.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

During 2004, the Company issued 214,750 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by three of the Company’s executive officers (Note 17 – Stock Compensation Plans).

On November 4, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two split on its common stock, for stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003 and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock split was a decrease in retained earnings and an increase in common stock of approximately $34.7 million.

On November 11, 2003, the Company’s board of directors declared a two percent (2%) stock dividend, for stockholders of record as of November 28, 2003 and distributed on December 10, 2003. The effect of the stock dividend was a decrease in retained earnings, an increase in paid-in-capital and an increase in common stock of approximately $35.2 million, $33.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

During 2003, the Company issued 500,000 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by an executive officer of the Company (Note 17 – Stock Compensation Plans).

On June 17, 2002, the Company’s board of directors declared a three-for-two split on its common stock, for all stockholders of record as of June 28, 2002 and distributed on July 10, 2002. The effect of the stock split was a decrease to retained earnings and an increase in common stock of approximately $20.8 million.

During 2002, the Company issued 6,095,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, providing a net capital infusion of approximately $97.9 million.

105


Table of Contents

The Company has issued the following non-cumulative, monthly income preferred stock:

                                         
            Issuance                      
            Price and                      
            Liquidation             Proceeds From        
Issuance       Dividend   Preference     Shares     Issuance, Net of     Issuance  
Year   Type of Preferred Stock   Rate   Per Share     Issued     Issuance Costs     Costs  
 
1998
  Convertible, 1998 Series A        7.125%   $ 25       1,219,000     $ 29,143,000     $ 1,332,000  
1999
  Non-convertible, 1999 Series B   7.250     25       2,001,000       48,273,000       1,752,000  
2001
  Non-convertible, 2001 Series C   7.600     25       2,208,000       53,103,000       2,097,000  
2001
  Non-convertible, 2001 Series D   7.400     25       1,791,999       43,238,000       1,562,000  
2002
  Non-convertible, 2002 Series E   6.875     25       1,725,000       41,463,000       1,662,000  
2003
  Non-convertible, 2003 Series F   6.700     25       4,232,000       102,192,000       3,608,000  
2003
  Non-convertible, 2003 Series G   6.900     25       2,640,000       63,671,000       2,329,000  
2004
  Non-convertible, 2004 Series H   6.700     50       2,675,500       129,311,000       4,464,000  
 
                                 
 
                                       
 
  Total                 18,492,499     $ 510,394,000     $ 18,806,000  
 
                                 

The preferred stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock as to dividends and liquidation rights. Each share of the 1998 Series A preferred stock is convertible, at the holder’s option, at any time on or after the 90th day following the issue date, into ..995 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to adjustment upon certain events. The per share conversion ratio equates to a price of $7.12 (as adjusted) per share of common stock.

During 2004, 2003 and 2002, 276,994, 419,254 and 2,000 shares, respectively, of the convertible preferred stock Series A were converted into 632,523, 625,717 and 2,984 shares of common stock, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had outstanding 520,752 and 797,746 shares, respectively, of its 7.125% Non-cumulative, Convertible Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A.

The Company may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time at the following redemption prices, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning July 1 for the 1998 Series A, May 28 for the 1999 Series B, March 30 for the 2001 Series C, August 1 for the 2001 Series D, October 31 for the 2002 Series E, May 30 for the 2003 Series F, August 29 for the 2003 Series G and December 21 for the 2004 Series H of the years indicated below, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to the date of redemption:

                                                                 
    Redemption Price per Share  
December 31,   Series A     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series E     Series F     Series G     Series H  
 
2005
  $ 25.25     $ 25.50                                      
2006
    25.00       25.00     $ 25.50     $ 25.50                          
2007
    25.00       25.00       25.25       25.25     $ 25.50                    
2008
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.25     $ 25.50     $ 25.50        
2009
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.25       25.25     $ 51.00  
2010
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       50.50  
2011 and thereafter
    25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       25.00       50.00  

106


Table of Contents

17. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS:

The Company has two stock option plans, the 1999 Qualified Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Qualified Option Plan”) and the 1999 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Nonqualified Option Plan”), for the benefit of employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. These plans offer to key officers, directors and employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the 1999 Qualified Option Plan, options for up to 14,747,670 shares (as adjusted) of common stock can be granted. Also, options for up to 14,747,670 shares (as adjusted) of common stock, reduced by any share issued under the 1999 Qualified Option Plan can be granted under the 1999 Nonqualified Option Plan. The option price for both plans is determined at the grant date. Both plans will remain in effect for a term of 10 years. The Board of Directors has sole authority and absolute discretion as to the number of stock options to be granted, their vesting rights, and the options’ exercise price. The options become fully exercisable after five years following the grant date. The Plans provide for a proportionate adjustment in the exercise price and the number of shares that can be purchased in the event of a stock split, reclassification of stock and a merger or reorganization.

The activity in outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, is set forth below:

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average  
    Number of     Exercise     Number of     Exercise     Number of     Exercise  
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
Beginning of year
    4,862,723     $ 4.62       3,678,250     $ 7.01       2,370,500     $ 10.06  
 
                                               
Transactions before stock split and stock dividend:
                                               
   Options granted
                                   
   Options exercised
    (214,750 )     4.52       (500,000 )     6.67              
   Options forfeited
                                   
 
                                   
 
    4,647,973       4.62       3,178,250       7.06       2,370,500       10.06  
 
                                               
Stock split and stock dividend effect
    2,463,425       3.02       1,684,473       4.62       1,185,250       6.70  
 
                                               
Transactions after stock split and stock dividend:
                                               
   Options granted
                            122,500       15.85  
   Options exercised
                                   
   Options forfeited
                                   
 
                                   
End of year
    7,111,398     $ 3.02       4,862,723     $ 4.62       3,678,250     $ 7.01  
 
                                   

107


Table of Contents

The Company has only three exercise prices for options granted, all of them granted at three different dates. The following table summarizes the exercise prices and the weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at December 31, 2004:

                         
    Outstanding     Exercisable  
            Weighted        
            Average        
    Number of     Contract     Number of  
Exercise Prices (1)   Options (1)     Life (Years)     Options (1)  
$2.85
    6,631,513       5.12       4,574,360  
$3.35
    193,124       6.38       115,875  
$6.77
    286,761       7.55       114,704  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
    7,111,398       5.25       4,804,939  
 
                 


(1)   Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in December 2004 and distributed both on January 10, 2005, the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in November 2003 and distributed both on December 10, 2003, and the three-for-two stock split on our common stock declared on June 17, 2002 and distributed on July 10, 2002.

18. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES:

In the normal course of business, the Company becomes a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and commercial letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Commercial Letters of Credit

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and commitments to purchase loans, is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments, which do not necessarily represent the amounts potentially subject to risk. In addition, the measurement of the risks associated with these instruments is meaningful only when all related and offsetting transactions are identified. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income producing commercial properties.

Commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company on behalf of a customer authorizing a third party to draw drafts on the Company up to a stipulated amount and with specified terms and conditions.

108


Table of Contents

The contract amount of financial instruments, whose amounts represent credit risk at December 31, was as follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Commitments to extend credit:
               
Fixed rates
  $ 7,576     $ 11,541  
Variable rates
    504,510       243,825  
Unused lines of credit:
               
Commercial
    177,893       80,008  
Credit cards and other
    138,736       94,259  
Commercial letters of credit
    27,784       12,287  
Commitments to purchase mortgage loans
    600,000       200,000  
 
           
Total
  $ 1,456,499     $ 641,920  
 
           

19. ON-BALANCE SHEET DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES:

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy may involve modifying the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Company may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps and indexed options. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which calculations, payments and the value of the derivative are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. Direct credit exposure is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. Such difference, which represents the fair value of the derivative, is reflected on the Company’s statements of financial condition as derivative assets and derivative liabilities.

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these agreements. The Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures, and does not expect any counterparties to fail their obligations. The Company deals only with primary dealers.

Derivative instruments are generally negotiated over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts. Negotiated OTC derivatives are generally entered into between two counterparties that negotiate specific agreement terms, including the underlying instrument, amount, exercise price and maturity.

The Company enters into interest-rate swap contracts in managing its interest rate exposure. Interest-rate swap contracts generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating-rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Entering into interest-rate swap contracts involves not only the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts, but also the interest rate risk associated with unmatched positions. Interest rate swaps are the most common type of derivative contracts that the Company utilizes.

109


Table of Contents

Indexed options are contracts that the Company enters into in order to receive the average appreciation of the month end value of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index over a specified period in exchange for the payment of a premium when the contract is initiated. The credit risk inherent in the indexed options is the risk that the exchange party may default.

Fair Value Hedging Instruments

The Company currently utilizes interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate certificates of deposit or firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit (liabilities) to a variable rate. By entering into the swap, the principal amount of the hedged item would remain unchanged but the interest payment streams would change. These swaps mature between one to twenty years with a right by the counterparty to call them after the first anniversary. The Company has an identical right to call the certificates of deposit. Decisions to convert fixed-rate certificates of deposits or unrecognized firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit (liabilities) to variable rate are made primarily by consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Company, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and by interest rate levels.

The notional amount of the interest rate swaps used to hedge the fixed rate certificates of deposit and the firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit amounted to $778,105,000 and $636,818,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit at December 31, 2004 amounted to $20,000,000. At December 31, 2003, there were no firm commitments to originate certificates of deposit (liabilities). At December 31, 2004, the fair value of these derivatives qualifying for fair value hedge represented an unrealized net loss of $13.0 million, which was recorded as “Accrued expenses and other liabilities”, before right to offset effect, and as a decrease to the hedged “Deposits” of $12.9 million and as an increase in “Other assets” of $101,000 in the accompanying 2004 consolidated statement of financial condition. At December 31, 2003, the fair value of derivatives qualifying for fair value hedge represented an unrealized net loss of $12.2 million, which was recorded as “Accrued expenses and other liabilities”, before right to offset effect, and as a decrease to the hedged “Deposits” in the accompanying 2003 consolidated statement of financial condition. The right to offset effect of $4.3 million and $2.8 million was recorded at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, as a decrease in “Other assets” and “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company purchases fixed rate residential mortgage loans for its portfolio. Fixed rate loans expose the Company to variability in their fair value due to changes in the level of interest rates. Management believes that it is prudent to limit the variability in the fair value of a portion of its fixed rate loan portfolio. It is the Company’s objective to hedge the change in fair value of fixed rate mortgage loans at coverage levels that are appropriate, given the anticipated or existing interest rate levels and other market considerations, as well as the relationship of changes in this asset to other assets of the Company. To meet this objective, the Company enters into contracts to purchase fixed rate residential mortgage loans with a third party. The third party agreed to provide the Company a return at a floating rate of interest (three month LIBOR plus a spread) even though the contractual terms of the loans are fixed rate in nature. This provision is effectively an interest rate swap (balance guarantee swap). Since the contracts meet with the sale accounting provisions of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, SFAS No. 133 and related interpretations, these interest rate swaps are accounted for separately. Since the hedged item and the hedging instrument have identical critical terms, no ineffectiveness is assumed and the fair value changes in the interest rate swaps are recorded as changes in the value of both the interest rate swaps and the mortgage loans. At December 31, 2004, the notional amount of these interest rate swaps and the principal balance of the mortgage loans amounted to $600,848,000; the weighted average receive floating rate at year end was 3.65%; the weighted average pay fixed rate at year end was 7.39%; and the floating rate spread ranged from 120 to 160 basis points.

110


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2004, the fair value of these derivatives qualifying for fair value hedge represented an unrealized loss of $23.9 million, which was recorded as “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” and as an increase to “Loans” in the accompanying 2004 consolidated statement of financial condition.

Derivative Instruments not Designated as Hedge

The Company offers its customers certificates of deposit which contain an embedded derivative tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index that is bifurcated from the host deposit and recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition in accordance with SFAS No. 133. At the end of five years, the depositor will receive a specified percent of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index. If such index decreases, the depositor receives the principal without any interest. The Company uses option and interest rate swap agreements with major broker dealer companies to manage its exposure to the stock market. Under the option agreements, the Company will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for the payment of a premium when the contract is initiated. Under the terms of the swap agreements, the Company also will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for a quarterly fixed interest cost. Since the embedded derivative instrument on the certificates of deposit and the option and interest rate swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting, these derivative instruments are marked to market through earnings.

Information pertaining to the notional amounts of the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedge as of December 31, was as follows:

                 
    Notional Amount  
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Interest rate swaps (unmatched portion)
  $ 8,895     $ 3,182  
Interest rate swaps used to manage exposure to the stock market
    36,329       36,329  
Embedded options on stock indexed deposits
    112,407       85,811  
Purchased options used to manage exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits
    78,212       50,343  
 
           
Total
  $ 235,843     $ 175,665  
 
           

At December 31, 2004, the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as a hedge represented an unrealized net gain of $26.4 million and was recorded as part of “Other assets” of $12.1 million, as part of a reduction of “Deposits” of $14.5 million and as part of “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” of $254,000, in the accompanying 2004 consolidated statement of financial condition.

At December 31, 2003, the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as a hedge represented an unrealized net loss of $4.5 million and was recorded as part of “Other assets” $2.8 million, as part of “Deposits” $7.2 million and as part of “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” $99,000, in the accompanying 2003 consolidated statement of financial condition.

111


Table of Contents

Other Derivative Instruments Information

A summary of the types of swaps used, excluding those used to manage exposure to the stock market and to the variability in the fair value of fixed rate residential mortgage loans, and their terms at December 31, follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Pay floating/receive fixed:
               
Notional amount
  $ 787,000     $ 640,000  
Weighted average receive rate at year end
    4.09 %     4.85 %
Weighted average pay rate at year end
    2.35 %     1.28 %
Floating rate as a percentage of three month LIBOR, plus a spread ranging from minus .40% to plus .36%
    100 %     100 %

The changes in notional amount of swaps outstanding during the years ended December 31, follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
Beginning balance
  $ 676,329     $ 566,329  
New swaps
    415,500       437,500  
Called and matured swaps
    (268,500 )     (327,500 )
 
           
 
               
End balance
  $ 823,329     $ 676,329  
 
           

At December 31, 2004, the maturities of interest rate swaps, embedded options and purchased options by year were as follows:

                                 
            Embedded     Purchased     Balance  
Year Ending   Swaps     Options     Options     Guarantee Swaps  
December 31,     (In thousands)  
2005
  $ 165,000     $     $       $         —  
2006
    61,329       36,940       1,623        
2007
    7,500       26,573       27,150        
2008
          21,206       21,571        
2009
    30,500       27,688       27,868        
Thereafter
    559,000                   600,848  
 
                         
 
                               
Total
  $ 823,329     $ 112,407     $ 78,212       $ 600,848  
 
                         

Swap agreements amounting to $554,000,000 at December 31, 2004, provide the counterparties the option to cancel the swap agreements on any interest payment date after the first anniversary (matching the call option that the Company has purchased on hedged certificates of deposit). During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, various counterparties of swap agreements exercised their option to cancel their swaps and immediately, the Company exercised its option to call the hedged certificates of deposit. No gains or losses resulted from above cancellations.

At December 31, 2004, the carrying value of the specific collateral held by the counterparties consisted of money market instruments of $9,711,000.

112


Table of Contents

20. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments (such as loans and financial liabilities). In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. SFAS No. 107, Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented should not be construed as the underlying value of the Company.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed in these consolidated financial statements:

  •   Short-term Financial Assets and Liabilities – For financial instruments with a short-term or no stated maturity, at prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, money market instruments, certain deposits (passbook accounts, money market and checking accounts), federal funds purchased and accrued interest.
 
  •   Investment Securities Available for Sale, Held to Maturity and Trading Securities - The fair values of investment securities available for sale, held to maturity and trading securities are estimated based on quotations received from securities dealers. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
 
  •   Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock - FHLB stock is valued at its redemption value.
 
  •   Mortgage Loans Held for Sale - Fair value is based on the contract price at which the mortgage loans will be sold.
 
  •   Loans - Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage, commercial, consumer, credit cards and other loans. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable interest rate terms and by performing, nonperforming and loans with payments in arrears.
 
      The fair value of performing loans, except residential mortgages and credit card loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity dates using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair value is computed using an estimated market rate based on secondary market sources adjusted to reflect differences in servicing and credit costs. For credit card loans, cash flows and maturities are estimated based on contractual interest rates and historical experience and are discounted using estimated market rates.
 
      Fair value for significant nonperforming loans and certain loans with payments in arrears is based on recent external appraisals of collateral. If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate that is commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information.

113


Table of Contents

  •   Mortgage Servicing Rights - The carrying amount of mortgage servicing rights, which is evaluated periodically for impairment, approximates the fair value (fair value is estimated considering prices for similar assets).
 
  •   Deposits - The fair value of fixed rate certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using current rates for certificates of deposit with similar terms and remaining maturities. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
  •   Repurchase Agreements, Advances from FHLB and Mortgage Note Payable - The fair value of repurchase agreements, advances from FHLB and mortgage note payable is based on the discounted value using rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.
 
  •   Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities – The fair value of interest rate swaps (excluding balance guarantee swaps) and index option contracts were obtained from dealer quotes. In the case of balance guarantee swaps, the fair values were estimated by management based on the present value of expected future cash flows using discount rates of the swap yield curve and considering prepayment assumptions for similar mortgage loans. These fair values represent the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the contracts taking into account the current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.
 
  •   Commitments to Extend Credit and Commercial Letters of Credit - The fair value of commitments to extend credit and commercial letters of credit are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standings.

114


Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, were as follows:

                                 
    2004     2003  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Value     Value     Value     Value  
    (In thousands)  
Financial Assets:
                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 77,752     $ 77,752     $ 92,811     $ 92,811  
Federal funds sold and resell agreements
    1,017,303       1,017,303       649,852       649,852  
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
    49,476       49,476       37,767       37,767  
Investment securities available for sale
    7,881       7,881       55,080       55,080  
Investment securities held to maturity
    6,921,379       6,836,897       5,723,710       5,638,816  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    52,195       52,195       39,750       39,750  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    1,633       1,633       2,555       2,555  
Loans (excluding allowance for loan losses)
    6,021,299       5,980,836       4,744,726       4,766,373  
Accrued interest receivable
    88,285       88,285       75,567       75,567  
Mortgage servicing rights
    3,302       3,302       2,822       2,822  
Derivative options purchased
    7,792       7,792              
 
                               
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Deposits:
                               
Non-interest bearing
    249,368       249,368       192,760       192,760  
Interest bearing
    5,951,996       5,940,243       5,169,204       5,168,656  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    6,683,527       6,771,099       5,046,045       5,223,733  
Advances from FHLB
    211,000       212,608       146,000       148,788  
Mortgage note payable
    36,858       39,170       37,234       40,916  
Accrued interest payable
    51,961       51,961       39,801       39,801  
Interest rate swaps in a net payable position
    32,777       32,777       16,663       16,663  
Other
    6,513       6,513       4,307       4,307  
 
                               
Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments:
                               
 
Liabilities:
                               
Commitments to extend credit
          (5,345 )           (1,628 )
Unused lines of credit:
                               
Commercial
          (507 )           (236 )
Credit cards and other
          (218 )           (236 )
Commercial letters of credit
          (278 )           (123 )

21. RESERVE FUND:

The Banking Law of Puerto Rico requires that a reserve fund be established by Westernbank and that annual transfers of at least 10% of its net income be made, until such reserve fund equals its total paid-in capital on common and preferred shares. Such transfers restrict its retained earnings, which would otherwise be available for dividends.

115


Table of Contents

22. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED):

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations (in thousands, except for per share data):

                                 
2004   March 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31  
Total interest income
  $ 134,407     $ 141,016     $ 151,545     $ 164,408  
Total interest expense
    63,201       66,452       74,499       87,690  
 
                       
Net interest income
    71,206       74,564       77,046       76,718  
Provision for loan losses
    8,941       10,821       10,379       6,550  
 
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    62,265       63,743       66,667       70,168  
Total noninterest income
    6,908       7,005       8,373       8,947  
Total noninterest expenses
    (23,647 )     (25,241 )     (25,308 )     (25,929 )
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    45,526       45,507       49,732       53,186  
Provision for income taxes
    5,032       4,484       5,489       7,081  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 40,494     $ 41,023     $ 44,243     $ 46,105  
 
                       
 
                               
Basic earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.21     $ 0.21     $ 0.23     $ 0.24  
 
                       
Diluted earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.20     $ 0.21     $ 0.22     $ 0.23  
 
                       
                                 
2003   March 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31  
Total interest income
  $ 103,348     $ 110,507     $ 116,435     $ 131,604  
Total interest expense
    53,711       54,230       54,323       60,322  
 
                       
Net interest income
    49,637       56,277       62,112       71,282  
Provision for loan losses
    6,228       6,597       7,892       6,331  
 
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    43,409       49,680       54,220       64,951  
Total noninterest income (loss)
    (8,299 )     285       7,473       7,187  
Total noninterest expenses
    (19,199 )     (19,766 )     (21,872 )     (23,984 )
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    15,911       30,199       39,821       48,154  
Provision for income taxes
    1,032       4,545       5,183       10,011  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 14,879     $ 25,654     $ 34,638     $ 38,143  
 
                       
 
                               
Basic earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.07     $ 0.13     $ 0.18     $ 0.19  
 
                       
Diluted earnings per common share (1)
  $ 0.07     $ 0.13     $ 0.17     $ 0.18  
 
                       


(1)   Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in December 2004, and distributed both on January 10, 2005, and the three-for-two stock split and a 2% stock dividend on our common stock declared in November 2003, and distributed both on December 10, 2003.

The decrease in the provision for loan losses for the fourth quarters of 2004 and 2003, was attributed to lower net charge offs during both quarters.

The provision for income taxes in proportion to income before income taxes (the effective income tax rate) for the 2004 quarters resulted lower than for the 2003 quarters as a result of a significant increase in the Company’s exempt interest income derived from the investment in tax exempt securities, primarily in U.S. Government and agencies obligations.

116


Table of Contents

For the first quarter of 2003, the provision for income tax resulted lower than in other 2003 quarters, since the Company recorded a deferred income tax asset related to a capital loss carryforward on the liquidation of the Company’s CBO’s and CLO’s portfolio which is available to offset capital gains in future years.

23. SEGMENT INFORMATION:

The Company’s management monitors and manages the financial performance of two reportable business segments, the traditional banking operations of Westernbank Puerto Rico and the activities of the division known as Westernbank International. Other operations of the Company not reportable in either segment include Westernbank Business Credit Division, which specializes in asset-based commercial business lending; Westernbank Trust Division, which offers trust services; SRG Net, Inc., which operates an electronic funds transfer network; Westernbank Insurance Corp., which operates a general insurance agency; Westernbank World Plaza, Inc., which operates the Westernbank World Plaza, a 23-story office building located in Hato Rey, Puerto Rico; and the transactions of the parent company only, which mainly consist of other income related to the equity in the net income of its two wholly owned subsidiaries. Separate condensed financial information of the Parent Company is provided in Note 24.

Management determined the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Company’s organizational structure by divisions, nature of the products, distribution channels, and the economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Company evaluates performance based on net interest income and other income. Operating expenses and the provision for income taxes are analyzed on a combined basis.

Westernbank Puerto Rico’s traditional banking operations consist of Westernbank’s retail operations, such as its branches, including the branches of the Expresso division, together with consumer loans, mortgage loans, commercial loans (excluding the asset-based lending operations), investments (treasury) and deposit products. Consumer loans include loans such as personal, collateralized personal loans, credit cards, and small loans. Commercial products consist of commercial loans including commercial real estate, unsecured commercial and construction loans.

Westernbank International operates as an IBE under the International Banking Regulatory Act. Westernbank International’s business activities consist of commercial banking and related services, and treasury and investment activities outside of Puerto Rico. As of December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, and for the periods then ended, substantially all of Westernbank International’s business activities consisted of investment in securities and loans. Loans outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $122,723,000, $73,581,000 and $56,833,000, respectively.

Intersegment sales and transfers, if any, are accounted for as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

117


Table of Contents

The financial information presented below was derived from the internal management accounting system and does not necessarily represent each segment’s financial condition and results of operations as if these were independent entities.

                                                 
    As of and for the year ended  
    December 31, 2004  
    Puerto Rico     International     Total major segments     Other Segments     Eliminations     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Interest income:
                                               
Consumer loans
  $ 76,091     $     $ 76,091     $     $     $ 76,091  
Commercial loans
    151,610       5,508       157,118                   157,118  
Asset-based loans
                      42,158             42,158  
Mortgage loans
    46,796             46,796                   46,796  
Treasury and investment activities
    167,093       101,799       268,892       2,391       (2,070 )     269,213  
 
                                   
Total interest income
    441,590       107,307       548,897       44,549       (2,070 )     591,376  
Interest expense
    226,743       51,202       277,945       15,967       (2,070 )     291,842  
 
                                   
Net interest income
    214,847       56,105       270,952       28,582             299,534  
 
                                   
Provision for loan losses
    (30,697 )           (30,697 )     (5,994 )           (36,691 )
 
                                   
Noninterest income, net:
                                               
Service and other charges on loans
    7,115       112       7,227                   7,227  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    7,969             7,969                   7,969  
Other fees and commissions
    7,385       10       7,395       226       (226 )     7,395  
Trust account fees
                      1,170             1,170  
Insurance commission fees
                      1,923       (9 )     1,914  
Asset-based lending related fees
                      2,936             2,936  
Other
    2,622             2,622                   2,622  
 
                                   
Total noninterest income, net
    25,091       122       25,213       6,255       (235 )     31,233  
 
                                   
Equity in income (loss) of subsidiaries
    (698 )           (698 )     174,002       (173,304 )      
 
                                   
Total net interest income and noninterest income
  $ 208,543     $ 56,227     $ 264,770     $ 202,845     $ (173,539 )   $ 294,076  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total assets
  $ 11,814,402     $ 2,938,374     $ 14,752,776     $ 1,561,795     $ (1,977,909 )   $ 14,336,662  
 
                                   
                                                 
    As of and for the year ended  
    December 31, 2003  
    Puerto Rico     International     Total major segments     Other Segments     Eliminations     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Interest income:
                                               
Consumer loans
  $ 74,562     $     $ 74,562     $     $     $ 74,562  
Commercial loans
    117,132       4,250       121,382                   121,382  
Asset-based loans
                      33,652             33,652  
Mortgage loans
    46,253             46,253                   46,253  
Treasury and investment activities
    95,269       90,090       185,359       2,378       (1,692 )     186,045  
 
                                   
Total interest income
    333,216       94,340       427,556       36,030       (1,692 )     461,894  
Interest expense
    170,303       43,703       214,006       10,272       (1,692 )     222,586  
 
                                   
Net interest income
    162,913       50,637       213,550       25,758             239,308  
 
                                   
Provision for loan losses
    (24,961 )           (24,961 )     (2,087 )           (27,048 )
 
                                   
Noninterest income (loss), net:
                                               
Service and other charges on loans
    7,474       470       7,944                   7,944  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    7,053             7,053                   7,053  
Other fees and commissions
    6,952       11       6,963       221       (221 )     6,963  
Trust account fees
                      933             933  
Insurance commission fees
                      2,087             2,087  
Asset-based lending related fees
                      2,851             2,851  
Other
    (20,608 )     (577 )     (21,185 )                 (21,185 )
 
                                   
Total noninterest income (loss), net
    871       (96 )     775       6,092       (221 )     6,646  
 
                                   
Equity in income of subsidiaries
    380             380       114,756       (115,136 )      
 
                                   
Total net interest income and noninterest income
  $ 139,203     $ 50,541     $ 189,744     $ 144,519     $ (115,357 )   $ 218,906  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total assets
  $ 9,252,118     $ 2,769,292     $ 12,021,410     $ 1,791,343     $ (2,293,313 )   $ 11,519,440  
 
                                   

118


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of and for the year ended  
    December 31, 2002  
    Puerto Rico     International     Total major segments     Other Segments     Eliminations     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Interest income:
                                               
Consumer loans
  $ 52,818     $     $ 52,818     $     $     $ 52,818  
Commercial loans
    100,328       2,615       102,943                   102,943  
Asset-based loans
                      15,800             15,800  
Mortgage loans
    49,114             49,114                   49,114  
Treasury and investment activities
    66,485       97,821       164,306       1,875       (1,122 )     165,059  
 
                                   
Total interest income
    268,745       100,436       369,181       17,675       (1,122 )     385,734  
Interest expense
    161,948       51,914       213,862       6,673       (1,122 )     219,413  
 
                                   
Net interest income
    106,797       48,522       155,319       11,002             166,321  
 
                                   
Provision for loan losses
    (13,179 )           (13,179 )     (1,904 )           (15,083 )
 
                                   
Noninterest income, net:
                                               
Service and other charges on loans
    6,807       31       6,838                   6,838  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    6,652             6,652                   6,652  
Other fees and commissions
    5,218       207       5,425       199       (199 )     5,425  
Trust account fees
                      604             604  
Insurance commission fees
                      1,414             1,414  
Asset-based lending related fees
                      1,572             1,572  
Other
    1,805       433       2,238                   2,238  
 
                                   
Total noninterest income, net
    20,482       671       21,153       3,789       (199 )     24,743  
 
                                   
Equity in income of subsidiaries
    217             217       86,048       (86,265 )      
 
                                   
Total net interest income and noninterest income
  $ 114,317     $ 49,193     $ 163,510     $ 98,935     $ (86,464 )   $ 175,981  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total assets
  $ 6,649,595     $ 2,083,259     $ 8,732,854     $ 1,292,391     $ (1,820,168 )   $ 8,205,077  
 
                                   

119


Table of Contents

24. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY:

Condensed financial information pertaining only to W Holding Company, Inc. is as follows:

      

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
   
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
ASSETS
               
Cash
  $ 2,356     $ 1,803  
Money market instruments
    129,000        
Dividends and other accounts receivable from bank subsidiary
    3,012       1,539  
Investment security held to maturity
    5,570       5,569  
Investment in bank subsidiary
    943,320       820,282  
Investment in nonbank subsidiary
    2,214       2,089  
Accrued interest receivable
    77       70  
Other assets
    6       43  
     
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 1,085,555     $ 831,395  
     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Liabilities:
               
Dividends payable
  $ 3,300     $ 2,737  
Other liabilities
    576       149  
     
Total Liabilities
    3,876       2,886  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,081,679       828,509  
     
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 1,085,555     $ 831,395  
     
 
               
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
   
 
                         
    Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Dividends from subsidiaries:
                       
Bank subsidiary
  $ 50,660     $ 26,925     $ 27,820  
Nonbank subsidiary
    900       1,500        
     
Subtotal
    51,560       28,425       27,820  
Interest income on investment security
    302       686       752  
     
Total income
    51,862       29,111       28,572  
Operating expenses
    2,405       2,110       842  
     
 
                       
Income before income taxes and increase in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    49,457       27,001       27,730  
Provision (credit) for income taxes - current
    34       18       (4 )
     
Income before increase in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    49,423       26,983       27,734  
Increase in undistributed earnings from :
                       
Bank subsidiary
    122,317       85,217       57,527  
Nonbank subsidiary
    125       1,114       702  
     
 
                       
Net income
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
     

120


Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
   
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 171,865     $ 113,314     $ 85,963  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Increase in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (122,442 )     (86,331 )     (58,229 )
Effect of stock options granted to employees
    895       1,031        
Amortization of premium (discount) on investment securities held to maturity
    (1 )     138        
Decrease (increase) in dividends and other accounts receivable from bank subsidiary
    (491 )     (983 )     14,973  
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    37       (43 )      
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    323       (41 )     678  
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    50,186       27,085       43,385  
     
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Net decrease (increase) in money market instruments
    (129,000 )     1,000       (1,000 )
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
Purchases
                (30,000 )
Maturities
                30,000  
Capital contributions to subsidiaries
          (166,113 )     (139,338 )
Investment securities held to maturity:
                       
Purchases
          (10,867 )     (15,755 )
Proceeds from redemptions and repayment
          19,368       994  
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (129,000 )     (156,612 )     (155,099 )
     
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Advances from bank subsidiary
          1,000        
Repayment of advances from bank subsidiary
    (1,000 )            
Issuance of stocks
    129,495       165,863       139,338  
Repurchase of common stock for retirement
          (33 )     (42 )
Stock options exercised
    969       3,334        
Dividends paid
    (50,097 )     (39,109 )     (27,308 )
     
Net cash provided by financing activities
    79,367       131,055       111,988  
     
 
                       
Net increase in cash
    553       1,528       274  
Cash at beginning of year
    1,803       275       1  
     
Cash at end of year
  $ 2,356     $ 1,803     $ 275  
     

121


Table of Contents

25. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

On January 3, 2005, the Company issued 401,300 shares of its 2004 Series H preferred stock over-allotment option to the underwriter. The preferred shares were issued at a price of $50.00 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of the 2004 Series H preferred stock amounted to $19,433,000, net of $632,000 of issuance costs.

On February 10, 2005, one of the Company’s executive officer exercised 35,113 options under the Company’s 1999 Qualified Option Plan (See Note 17) at an exercise price of $2.85.

  ******

122


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s Management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure based closely on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

     As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required.

     The Company’s Management also conducted an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the year covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, there has been no such change during the year covered by this report.

MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT AS TO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

     The Management of W Holding Company, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting of W Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

     All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

123


Table of Contents

     The Company’s Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Management’s assessment is based on the criteria established in the Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and was designed to provide reasonable assurance that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. Based on this assessment, Management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004.

     The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and the Company Management’s assessment of the internal control over financial reporting. This report appears below.

/s/ Frank C. Stipes
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

/s/ Freddy Maldonado
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and Investment

March 11, 2005

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
W Holding Company, Inc.
Mayagüez, Puerto Rico

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment as to the Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that W Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing, and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

124


Table of Contents

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and of comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 of the Company and our report dated March 11, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Juan, Puerto Rico
March 11, 2005

Stamp No. 2018226
affixed to original.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

     Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Information responsive to this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definite proxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of shareholders.

     The Company has adopted a charter for each of the standing committees and corporate governance guidelines that address make-up and functioning of the Board. The Board has also adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and Directors. You can find links to these materials on our website at www.wholding.com.

     On June 15, 2004, the Company filed its Section 303A Annual Written Affirmation form with the New York Stock Exchange.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Information responsive to this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of shareholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Information responsive to this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of shareholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Information responsive to this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of shareholders.

125


Table of Contents

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     Information responsive to this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of shareholders.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report

  (1)   Index to financial statements
     The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:

  •   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
  •   Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2004 and 2003
 
  •   Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
 
  •   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
 
  •   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
 
  •   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  (2)   Financial Statement Schedules
     The schedules for the Company and its subsidiaries are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required, or because the information is set forth in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
  (3)   Exhibits
 
      The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.

     
NO.   EXHIBIT
3.1
  Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-76975).
 
   
3.2
  Bylaws (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed on November 29, 2001).
 
   
4.1
  Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-76975)).
 
   
4.2
  Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series C Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on March 30, 2001).
 
   
4.3
  Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series D Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on August 1, 2001).
 
   
4.4
  Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 31, 2002).
 
   
4.5
  Certificate of Corporate Resolution establishing the rights of the Series F Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on May 29, 2003).
 
   
4.6
  Certificate of Corporate Resolution establishing the rights of the Series G Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on August 28, 2003).
 
   
4.7
  Certificate of Corporate Resolution designating the terms of W Holding’s Series H Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 17, 2004).
 
   
10.1
  Form of 1999 Qualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-76975).
 
   
10.2
  Form of 1999 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-76975).
 
   
10.3
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Alfredo Archilla (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on March 29, 2002).
 
   
10.4
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Mike Vazquez (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on March 29, 2002).
 
   
10.5
  Employment agreement between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mrs. Migdalia Rivera (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
     
10.6
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Andres Morgado (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
 
   
10.7
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. William Vidal (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
 
   
10.8
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Ricardo Hernandez (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
 
   
10.9
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Pedro Dominguez (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
 
   
10.10
  Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Freddy Maldonado (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
 
   
10.11
  Description of Arrangement for Director Fees
 
   
10.12
  Executive Officers Compensation Schedule
 
   
21.1
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
   
31.1
  CEO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2
  CFO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1
  CEO Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2
  CFO Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

126


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     
W Holding Company, Inc.
   
 
   
By: /s/ FRANK C. STIPES
   

  Date: March 16, 2005
Frank C. Stipes, Chairman of the
   
Board, Chief Executive Officer
   
and President
   
 
   

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         
  /s/ FRANK C. STIPES    
 
   
  Frank C. Stipes,    
  Chairman of the Board,   Date: March 16, 2005
  Chief Executive Officer and President    
 
       
  /s/ CESAR A. RUIZ    
 
   
  Cesar A. Ruiz, Director   Date: March 16, 2005
 
       
  /s/ PEDRO R. DOMINGUEZ    
 
   
  Pedro R. Dominguez,    
  Director   Date: March 16, 2005
 
       
  /s/ CORNELIUS TAMBOER    
 
   
  Cornelius Tamboer,    
  Director   Date: March 16, 2005
 
       
  /s/ FREDESWINDA G. FRONTERA    
 
   
  Fredeswinda G. Frontera,    
  Directress   Date: March 16, 2005
 
       
  /s/ HECTOR L. DEL RIO    
 
   
  Hector L. del Rio,    
  Director   Date: March 16, 2005
 
       
  /s/ JUAN C. FRONTERA    
 
   
  Juan C. Frontera,    
  Director   Date: March 16, 2005
 
       
  /s/ FREDDY MALDONADO    
 
   
  Freddy Maldonado   Date: March 16, 2005
  Chief Financial Officer and Vice    
  President of Finance and Investment    

127


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
NO.   EXHIBIT
  3.1    
Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-76975).
       
 
  3.2    
Bylaws (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed on November 29, 2001).
       
 
  4.1    
Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-76975).
       
 
  4.2    
Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series C Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on March 30, 2001).
       
 
  4.3    
Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series D Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on August 1, 2001).
       
 
  4.4    
Certificate of Resolution establishing the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 31, 2002).
       
 
  4.5    
Certificate of Corporate Resolution establishing the rights of the Series F Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on May 29, 2003).
       
 
  4.6    
Certificate of Corporate Resolution establishing the rights of the Series G Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on August 28, 2003).
       
 
  4.7    
Certificate of Corporate Resolution designating the terms of W Holding’s Series H Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 17, 2004).
       
 
  10.1    
Form of 1999 Qualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-76975).
       
 
  10.2    
Form of 1999 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-76975).
       
 
  10.3    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Alfredo Archilla (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on March 29, 2002).
       
 
  10.4    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Mike Vazquez (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed on March 29, 2002).
       
 
  10.5    
Employment agreement between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mrs. Migdalia Rivera (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
       
 
  10.6    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Andres Morgado (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
       
 
  10.7    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. William Vidal (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
       
 
  10.8    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Ricardo Hernandez (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
       
 
  10.9    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Pedro Dominguez (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
       
 
  10.10    
Payment Agreement in the Event of a Change in Control between Westernbank Puerto Rico and Mr. Freddy Maldonado (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 31, 2003).
       
 
  10.11    
Description of Arrangement for Director Fees
       
 
  10.12    
Executive Officers Compensation Schedule
       
 
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
       
 
  31.1    
CEO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  31.2    
CFO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.1    
CEO Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.2    
CFO Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

128